Download Print this page

Konica Minolta bizhub C360i Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for bizhub C360i:

Quick manual (94 pages)

,

Manual (42 pages)

,

Quick reference (4 pages)

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual

SERVICE MANUAL

Function Version 1.0

Date: 2019/04/23

Table of Contents

Advertisement

Troubleshooting

Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the bizhub C360i and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Dev Patel

March 28, 2025

How to open ADF and replaced roller

User image 67e6494600f7e

0

1 comments:

Mr. Anderson

March 28, 2025

To replace the roller on the ADF of a Konica Minolta bizhub C360i:

1. Open the ADF (Document Feeder) by removing the rear cover.
2. Lift up the document feed tray.
3. Remove the lever for document exit.
4. Remove six screws and take off the cover.
5. Remove two screws securing the roller.
6. Replace the document pick-up roller, document feed roller, and document separation roller at the same time.
7. After replacing, reset the “ADF Feed” counter in Service Mode: [Service Mode] -> [Counter] -> [Life] -> [ADF Feed].

Note: These rollers do not have a new article detection mechanism, so manual counter reset is required.

This answer is automatically generated

0

Summary of Contents for Konica Minolta bizhub C360i

Page 1 SERVICE MANUAL Function Version 1.0 Date: 2019/04/23...
Page 2 2.1 Description items in this Service Manual ..........................A-3 2.2 Description items for safety and important warning items .......................A-3 3. SAFETY WARNINGS ...............................A-4 3.1 MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA, INC..................A-4 3.1.1 Actions requiring special attention..........................A-4 3.2 POWER PLUG SELECTION ..............................A-5 3.2.1 Power Cord Set or Power Plug............................A-5...
Page 3 2.4 CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ............................. C-30 2.5 IMAGE CREATION PROCESS ............................C-31 2.6 IMAGE FORMING CONTROL.............................. C-32 D SERVICE TOOL ..........................D-1 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i ............................D-1 2. Utility tool ..................................D-2 2.1 IC card information setting tool of card reader........................D-2 2.1.1 Outline ....................................D-2 2.1.2 IC card information setting procedures...........................D-2...
Page 4 3.8 FS-536/FS-536SD .................................E-23 3.8.1 Replacing the paddle (FS-536/FS-536SD)........................E-23 3.8.2 Replacing the upper paddle (FS-536SD) ........................E-25 3.8.3 Replacing the lower paddle (FS-536SD) ........................E-26 4. Cleaning parts list ..............................E-27 4.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i ..............................E-27 4.2 DF-632....................................E-27 4.3 DF-714....................................E-27 4.4 PC-116/PC-216 ..................................E-28 4.5 PC-416....................................E-28 4.6 LU-302 ....................................E-28...
Page 5 4.1.2 Scanner packing bracket ..............................F-5 4.1.3 Paper tray locking materials ............................F-6 4.1.4 Transfer roller locking materials ............................. F-6 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i ............................F-7 5.1 Exterior parts ...................................F-7 5.1.1 Scanner right cover ................................ F-7 5.1.2 Scanner left cover................................F-7 5.1.3 Scanner front cover ................................
Page 6 5.2.9 Regist unit..................................F-27 5.2.10 How to open the PWB box ............................F-28 5.2.11 Main drive unit ................................F-29 5.2.12 Transport unit ................................F-31 5.2.13 Fusing drive unit ................................. F-31 5.2.14 Hopper drive unit ................................ F-34 5.3 Boards ....................................F-35 5.3.1 Scanner drive board (SCDB) ............................F-35 5.3.2 Base board (BASEB)..............................
Page 7 6.6 DF control board (DFCB) (DF-632) ............................F-79 6.7 Document width size sensor (VR1) (DF-632) ........................F-79 6.8 Document reading motor (M1) (DF-632) ..........................F-80 6.9 Document feed motor (M2) (DF-632) ............................F-81 6.10 Registration motor (M3) (DF-632) ............................F-81 6.11 Glass cleaning motor (M4) (DF-632) ........................... F-82 6.12 Reading roll release motor (M5) (DF-632)...........................
Page 8 10.2 Front cover (LU-302) ................................. F-123 10.3 Rear cover (LU-302)................................F-123 10.4 Feed cover (LU-302) ................................. F-124 10.5 Upper door (LU-302) ................................. F-124 10.6 Large capacity unit (LU-302) ............................. F-125 10.7 LU drive board (LUDB) (LU-302)............................F-126 10.8 LU lift-up motor (M1) (LU-302) ............................F-126 10.9 Dehumidification heater (DH) (LU-302) ..........................
Page 9 26.1.2 Procedure ................................. F-196 26.2 Installing the original size sensor/2 (Option)........................F-196 G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT ...................... G-1 1. Advance checks ...............................G-1 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i ............................G-2 2.1 Skew Adj....................................G-2 2.1.1 Confirmation procedure ..............................G-2 2.1.2 Adjustment procedure ..............................G-2 2.2 Centering adjustment of the tray 1/2............................G-3 2.3 Adjusting the parallelism of the fusing unit path ........................
Page 10 4.1 Adjusting the height ................................G-10 4.2 Adjusting front side skew feed on ADF..........................G-10 4.3 Adjusting back side skew feed on ADF ..........................G-11 4.4 Adjusting the pressure of the separation roller ........................G-12 5. PC-116/PC-216 ..............................G-14 5.1 Paper reference position............................... G-14 6.
Page 11 6.3.25 Function Display Key Permission Setting........................H-15 6.3.26 Temporary Change Language............................H-15 6.3.27 Main Menu Default (Classic Style) ..........................H-15 6.3.28 Main Menu Default (Basic Style) ..........................H-15 6.3.29 Display 10 Keypad when entering Number of Sets ....................H-15 6.3.30 Print end notification lamp ON time settings.......................H-15 6.3.31 Universal Print Settings ..............................H-15 6.3.32 Widget Function Settings............................H-16 6.3.33 Bypass Tray Overwrite Settings for Print PC......................H-16...
Page 12 13.6.3 HTTP Proxy Settings ..............................H-49 13.7 Storage Management ................................H-49 13.7.1 Debug Log Encryption Settings ..........................H-49 I SERVICE MODE ..........................I-1 1. Outline ..................................I-1 2. SETUP WIZARD ............................... I-2 3. Time Zone/Date & Time Input mode ......................... I-3 4. Search ..................................I-4 5.
Page 13 8.1.9 Product Auth. Settings..............................I-27 8.1.10 Import/Export Settings ..............................I-27 8.1.11 Auto Initial Dial Setting ..............................I-27 8.2 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care..........................I-28 8.2.1 List of software SW for CS Remote Care ........................I-28 8.2.2 SW No. 01 ..................................I-28 8.2.3 SW No.
Page 14 10.6.11 SW No.143 .................................I-49 10.6.12 SW No.145 .................................I-49 10.6.13 SW No.146 .................................I-50 10.6.14 SW No.147 .................................I-50 10.6.15 SW No.151 .................................I-50 10.6.16 SW No.152 .................................I-50 10.6.17 SW No.155 .................................I-51 10.6.18 SW No.157 .................................I-51 10.6.19 SW No.163 .................................I-51 10.6.20 SW No.188 .................................I-51 10.6.21 SW No.203 .................................I-51 10.6.22 SW No.206 .................................I-51 10.6.23 SW No.226 .................................I-51...
Page 15 12.1 Individual list print output ..............................I-68 12.2 Batch list CSV output................................I-68 13. State Confirmation ..............................I-69 13.1 Sensor Check ..................................I-69 13.1.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i............................I-69 13.1.2 JS-506 ..................................I-70 13.1.3 FS-533..................................I-71 13.1.4 FS-536/FS-536SD ............................... I-71 13.2 Table Number..................................I-73 13.3 Level History 1..................................
Page 16 16.2 Modem/NCU..................................I-101 16.3 Network ....................................I-103 16.4 System....................................I-104 16.5 Fax File Format .................................. I-105 16.6 Communication................................... I-106 16.7 List Output ..................................I-107 16.8 Function Parameter ................................I-107 16.9 Initialization..................................I-108 16.10 Fax Line Std. Setting ................................ I-108 16.11 Function parameter list (for all fax lines)........................... I-108 16.11.1 Job setting ................................I-108 16.11.2 Function setting ................................I-112 16.11.3 Report setting ................................I-116...
Page 17 19.5 Copy Network Settings ............................... I-158 19.5.1 Outline ..................................I-158 19.5.2 Environmental preparations............................I-158 19.5.3 Deliver/setting procedure............................I-159 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS ..........J-1 1. BILLING SETTING ..............................J-1 1.1 Outline ..................................... J-1 1.2 Counter Setting..................................J-1 1.2.1 Total Counter Mode................................ J-1 1.2.2 Large Size Counter Mode...............................
Page 18 3.6 Remote Log Server Settings..............................J-39 3.7 Enable Core Dump ................................J-40 3.8 USB Password..................................J-40 3.9 Other...................................... J-40 3.9.1 Screen Capture ................................J-40 3.9.2 Panel Operation Playback ............................J-41 3.10 Operation of the debug log function ............................ J-41 3.10.1 Advance preparation ..............................J-41 3.10.2 Basic mode..................................J-41 3.10.3 Enhance mode ................................J-42 K FIRMWARE ............................K-1...
Page 19 1.10.7 99-05 ..................................L-28 1.10.8 99-06 ..................................L-28 1.10.9 99-07 ..................................L-28 1.10.10 99-08 ..................................L-29 1.10.11 99-09 ..................................L-29 1.11 Sensor layout..................................L-29 1.11.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i............................L-29 1.11.2 DF-632..................................L-30 1.11.3 DF-714..................................L-30 1.11.4 PC-116/PC-216 ................................L-31 1.11.5 PC-416 ..................................L-32 1.11.6 LU-302..................................L-32 1.11.7 FS-533/PK-519................................
Page 20 3.6.4 C0108 ................................... L-53 3.6.5 C0109 ................................... L-53 3.6.6 C0202 ................................... L-53 3.6.7 C0204 ................................... L-54 3.6.8 C0206 ................................... L-54 3.6.9 C0208 ................................... L-54 3.6.10 C0210 ..................................L-55 3.6.11 C0211 ..................................L-55 3.6.12 C0214 ..................................L-56 3.6.13 C0216 ..................................L-57 3.7 C1### ....................................
Page 21 3.11.1 C5102, C5103 ................................L-81 3.11.2 C5351 ..................................L-81 3.11.3 C5355 ..................................L-81 3.11.4 C5360 ..................................L-82 3.11.5 C5370 ..................................L-82 3.11.6 C5372 ..................................L-83 3.11.7 C5501 ..................................L-83 3.11.8 C5601 ..................................L-83 3.11.9 C5603 ..................................L-83 3.11.10 C5605, C5606 ................................L-84 3.11.11 C5610 ..................................L-84 3.11.12 C5620 ..................................L-84 3.12 C6### ....................................
Page 22 3.13.43 C760F..................................L-100 3.13.44 C7622, C7623 .................................L-100 3.13.45 C7631 ..................................L-100 3.13.46 C7633 ..................................L-101 3.14 C8### ....................................L-101 3.14.1 C8101 ..................................L-101 3.14.2 C8107 ..................................L-102 3.14.3 C8302 ..................................L-102 3.14.4 C8402 ..................................L-103 3.15 C9### ....................................L-103 3.15.1 C9401, C9402 ................................L-103 3.15.2 C9403, C9404 ................................
Page 23 3.18.29 CD701, CD702, CD703 ............................L-118 3.18.30 CD704 ..................................L-119 3.18.31 CDC##..................................L-119 3.18.32 CDF50, CDF70, CDFA0 ............................L-119 3.18.33 CDF51, CDF71, CDFA1 ............................L-119 3.19 CE###....................................L-120 3.19.1 CE001, CE003, CE004, CE005, CE006, CE007, CE009..................L-120 3.19.2 CE002..................................L-120 3.19.3 CE013..................................L-120 3.19.4 CE014..................................L-120 3.19.5 CE101..................................
Page 24 4.9 E2-1 ..................................... L-137 4.10 E2-2 ....................................L-137 4.11 E2-3 ....................................L-138 4.12 E2-4 ....................................L-138 4.13 E2-5 ....................................L-138 4.14 E3-1 ....................................L-138 4.15 E3-2, E3-3 ..................................L-139 4.16 E4-1, E4-2 ..................................L-139 4.17 E4-3, E4-4 ..................................L-139 4.18 E5-1 ....................................L-139 4.19 E5-2 ....................................
Page 25 9.5 B13# ....................................L-158 9.6 B14# ....................................L-158 9.7 B15# ....................................L-158 9.8 B16# ....................................L-158 9.9 B17# ....................................L-158 9.10 B18# ....................................L-159 9.11 B19# ....................................L-159 9.12 T0# ....................................L-159 9.13 T1# ....................................L-160 9.14 T2# ....................................L-161 9.15 T3# ....................................
Page 26 18.2.6 PK-519..................................L-222 18.2.7 FS-536/FS-536SD ..............................L-222 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING................. M-1 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING ........................... M-1 1.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i ..............................M-1 1.1.1 Scanner section................................M-1 1.1.2 Front side..................................M-1 1.1.3 Back side ..................................M-3 1.1.4 Left side ..................................M-6 1.1.5 Right side..................................
Page 27 1.13 PK-520....................................M-19 1.14 CU-102 ....................................M-19 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING........................M-20 2.1 BOARD CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING ........................M-20 2.1.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i............................M-20 2.1.2 DF-632..................................M-23 2.1.3 DF-714..................................M-24 2.1.4 PC-116 ..................................M-25 2.1.5 PC-216 ..................................M-26 2.1.6 PC-416 ..................................M-27 2.1.7 LU-302..................................
Page 28 1.3.5 Laser emission stop..............................P-10 1.3.6 Laser emission area ..............................P-10 1.3.7 Color registration control (color shift correction) system ....................P-10 1.3.8 Color skew correction control ............................P-13 1.3.9 Skew adjustment/skew adjustment reset ........................P-14 1.3.10 PH unit temperature detection control ........................P-14 1.3.11 PH window cleaning ..............................P-14 1.4 PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION............................P-15 1.4.1 Configuration ................................P-15 1.4.2 Drive .....................................P-16...
Page 29 1.10.5 Paper feed retry control .............................. P-51 1.10.6 Feed roller speed reduction control ..........................P-51 1.10.7 Vertical transport roller speed reduction control ......................P-51 1.10.8 Paper transport control ............................... P-52 1.10.9 Downstream exit control during multi-print cycle ......................P-52 1.10.10 Paper size detection control ............................. P-52 1.10.11 Regulation of trailing edge of small-sized paper ......................
Page 30 1.22 INDICATOR FUNCTION ..............................P-95 1.22.1 Configuration ................................P-95 1.22.2 Control ..................................P-96 2. DF-632..................................P-98 2.1 CONFIGURATION.................................P-98 2.1.1 Section configuration ..............................P-98 2.1.2 Main part configuration ..............................P-98 2.2 OVERVIEW ...................................P-99 2.2.1 Paper path ..................................P-99 2.2.2 Paper path operation ..............................P-100 2.3 Document feed section ................................P-100 2.3.1 Drive ...................................P-100 2.3.2 Document set/empty detection ...........................P-101 2.3.3 Document size detection mechanism .........................P-101...
Page 31 3.5.8 CIS control when the document is loaded ........................P-128 3.5.9 CIS control when the start key is pressed ........................P-128 3.5.10 CIS glass contamination prevention control ......................P-129 3.5.11 CIS cover.................................. P-129 3.6 DOCUMENT EXIT SECTION ..............................P-130 3.6.1 Drive ...................................P-130 3.6.2 Document exit mechanism ............................P-130 3.6.3 Faxed document stamp function ..........................P-130 3.7 OPEN AND CLOSE DETECTION SECTION ........................P-131 3.7.1 Document exchange detection control ........................P-131...
Page 32 7.1.1 Section configuration ..............................P-159 7.1.2 Main part configuration ...............................P-159 7.2 PAPER PATH ..................................P-160 7.2.1 Paper feed to the exit tray ............................P-160 7.3 DRIVE....................................P-160 7.3.1 Paper transport drive mechanism for exit tray 1 ......................P-160 7.3.2 Paper transport drive mechanism for exit tray 2 ......................P-160 7.3.3 Exit tray 2 shift drive mechanism ..........................P-160 7.4 Exit tray 1.....................................P-161 7.4.1 Paper transport................................P-161...
Page 33 10.3 FINISHER SECTION.................................P-197 10.3.1 Door open/close detection mechanism ........................P-197 10.4 TRANSPORT SECTION ..............................P-199 10.4.1 Configuration ................................P-199 10.4.2 Drive ..................................P-199 10.4.3 Paper path switching mechanism..........................P-199 10.4.4 Receiving roller section up/down function ........................ P-200 10.4.5 Buffer control ................................P-201 10.4.6 Sub tray exit mechanism ............................
Page 34: Modem Fallback Sequence
15.2.1 Outline ..................................P-239 15.2.2 2nd network interface structure ..........................P-240 15.2.3 Operation on ErP Auto Power Off mode ........................P-242 16. FK-514/FK-515/MK-742............................. P-246 16.1 COMMUNICATION CONTROL ............................P-246 16.1.1 FIF bits of DIS, DTC and DCS..........................P-246 16.1.2 Modem fallback sequence............................P-254 16.1.3 V8/V34 sequence ..............................
Page 35: Revision List
C360i/C300i/C250i Revision List Revision List Title Description of revision Date Issue of the first edition 2019/02/12 Correction of the missing explanation. Software SW setting for CS Remote Care 2019/04/22...
Page 36 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS Read carefully the safety and important warning items described below to understand them before doing service work.
Page 37: Important Notice
▪ Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as the risk of damage to the product, KONICA MINOLTA, INC. (hereafter called KM) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KM-trained service technicians.
Page 38: Description Items For Danger, Warning And Caution
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 2. DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION 2. DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION 2.1 Description items in this Service Manual In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and “...
Page 39: Safety Warnings
3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.1 MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA, INC. KONICA MINOLTA brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network. Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors.
Page 40 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Do not disable safety functions (for example, interlocks and safety circuits). Safety devices become inoperative, resulting in fire from high heat, electric shock, or injury. 3.2 POWER PLUG SELECTION In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit the wall outlet used in the area.
Page 41 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Attach power plug which meets the following criteria: • having configuration intended for the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the product’s rated voltage and current, •...
Page 42: Checkpoints When Performing On-Site Service
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.3 CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE KONICA MINOLTA brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury.
Page 43 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Do not use any conversion plug adapter even if the power plug shape does not match your wall outlet. The shapes of the power plug and the wall outlet are set according to the voltage and allowable current.
Page 44 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Make sure of correct ground connection. If the grounding wire is connected to an inappropriate part, there is a risk of explosion or electric shock. Do not connect...
Page 45 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Do not allow the power cord to be stepped on or pinched. Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire. ▪ Check whether the power cord is damaged.
Page 46 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ When an extension cord is required, use one that meets the rated current, rated voltage, and the relevant safety standards of the country. Current that can be passed through the...
Page 47 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS (2) When not Using the Product for a long time WARNING ▪ When the product is not to be used for an extended period of time (for holidays, for...
Page 48 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.3.3 After Service (1) Inspection before Servicing WARNING ▪ Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following the prescribed procedure...
Page 49 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS CAUTION ▪ Do not leave the machine unattended during transportation, installation, and/or inspection. If the machine is left unattended, face protrusions toward the wall or take other necessary precautions to prevent a user or...
Page 50 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS CAUTION ▪ Do not keep gazing at a lamp light during the service procedure with the product powered Eyestrain may result. (3) Safety Checkpoints WARNING ▪ When a product fault is reported from a user, check parts and repair the fault appropriately with safety in mind.
Page 51 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Check the external covers and frame for possible sharp edges, burrs, and damage. They can be a cause of injury during use or servicing. ▪ When accessing a hard-to-view or narrow spot, be careful about sharp edges and burrs on the frame and parts.
Page 52 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether the interlock functions properly. If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
Page 53 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS CAUTION ▪ Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona unit. Toner remnants and dust may lead to product failure and/or the risk of fire.
Page 54 C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.4 Used Batteries Precautions 3.4.1 ALL Areas CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Page 55: Internal Laser Radiation
▪ The print head unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICEABLE ITEM. Therefore, the print head unit should not be opened under any circumstances. semiconductor laser Maximum power of the laser diode bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 25 mW Maximum average radiation power (*) bizhub C360i 8.1 μW bizhub C300i 7.1 μW bizhub C250i 7.1 μW...
Page 56: Laser Safety Label
C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure. semiconductor laser Maximum power of the laser diode...
Page 57: Laser Warning Label
C360i/C300i/C250i A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.5.4 Laser Warning Label A laser warning label is attached to the inside of the machine as shown below. 3.5.5 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE LASER EQUIPMENT ▪ Be sure to unplug the power cord whenever performing a service job in the laser beam path (around the PH unit).
Page 58: Warning Indications On The Machine
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i THE MACHINE 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON THE MACHINE Caution labels shown are attached in some areas on/in the machine. When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
Page 59: High Voltage
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i THE MACHINE 4.2 Warning indications on the boards High voltage This area generates high voltage. Be careful not to touch here when the power is turned ON to avoid getting an electric shock.
Page 60: Measures To Take In Case Of An Accident
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 5. MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i OF AN ACCIDENT 5. MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT 1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
Page 61 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 1. PRECAUTION ON HANDLING THIS bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i MANUAL B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS 1. PRECAUTION ON HANDLING THIS MANUAL CAUTION ▪ Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.
Page 62: Product Name
C360i/C300i/C250i B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 2. PRODUCT NAME 2. PRODUCT NAME In this manual, each of the products is described as follows: bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Main body Microsoft Windows 7 Windows 7 Microsoft Windows 8.1 Windows 8.1 Microsoft Windows 10 Windows 10 When the description is made in combination of the OS’s mentioned...
Page 63: Brand Name
• The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered trademark of each company. OWN TRADEMARKS • KONICA MINOLTA, KONICA MINOLTA logo, and bizhub are the registered trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA, INC. • © 2019 KONICA MINOLTA, INC.
Page 64 C360i/C300i/C250i B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 4. FEEDING DIRECTION 4. FEEDING DIRECTION • When the long side of the paper is parallel with the feeding direction, it is called short edge feeding. The feeding direction which is perpendicular to the short edge feeding is called the long edge feeding.
Page 65 C360i/C300i/C250i B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 5. Note for the Specifications 5. Note for the Specifications • These specifications are subject to change without notice.
Page 66: Product Specifications
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS C PRODUCT OUTLINE 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.1.1 Basic specifications Items Specifications Type Desktop/console * scanner/printer (When the optional paper feed cabinet/desk is installed) Control panel 10.1-inch TFT color LCD WVGA Electrostatic touch panel (vibration feedback)
Page 67 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Items Specifications 83.214 mm/s: Thick 1/1+/2/3/4, Special paper, Gloss Mode, 1,200 dpi mode Fixed zoom ratios Full size ×1.000 Reduction ×0.500, ×0.707, ×0.816, ×0.866 (Japan, Europe) ×0.500, ×0.647, ×0.733, ×0.785 (US) Enlargement ×1.154, ×1.224, ×1.414, ×2.000 (Japan, Europe)
Page 68: Machine Specification
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Type/Size Tray 1 Tray 2 Manual bypass tray (Long size paper: 457.3 to 1200 mm, 18 to 47 1/4 inches) • *1: Images are out of guarantee. • *2: Only for feeding landscape oriented.
Page 69: Print Function
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS • *6: Manual bypass tray/sub tray and the tray are pulled out. 1.1.5 Print function Items Specifications First print time bizhub C360i Color: 9.0 sec. or less (A4 or 8 1/2 x 11, plain paper, tray 1, full size) Black: 7.6 sec.
Page 70: Web Browser Function
Users are responsible for the contents that they access, download, or upload as well as the contents of other communication. Users shall follow the rules of their company and laws of their country. Konica Minolta, Inc. and its group companies accept no responsibility for the users’...
Page 71 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Installation Screw clamp to the main body Document alignment Center Document loading Face up Option Stamp unit (SP-501) Function Mode Standard mode, Mixed original detection mode, Scan mode/FAX mode Original feeding speed (A4 or...
Page 72: Mixed Original Feed Chart
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Type of original Sheets clipped or notched Torn paper Original weighing less than 35 g/m (9 5/16 lb) or 163 g/m (43 3/8 lb) or more Significantly curled original (amount of curl exceeding 15 mm (9/16 inches))
Page 73 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Installation Screw clamp to the main body Document alignment Center Document loading Face up Option Stamp unit (SP-501) Function Mode Standard mode, Mixed original detection mode, Scan mode/FAX mode Original feeding speed (A4 or...
Page 74 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Type of original Sheets stapled or clipped together Book original Sheets with paper attached Sheets clipped or notched Torn paper Original weighing less than 35 g/m (9 5/16 lb) or 163 g/m...
Page 75 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS • 1 way paper feed device (PC-116) • 2 way paper feed device (PC-216) Installation Desk type Document alignment Center Paper Type Size Capacity Tray 3 Tray 4 Thin paper (52 to 59 g/m...
Page 76 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Type Size Capacity Thick 3 (210 to 256 g/m (55 7/8 to 68 1/8 lb)) (*1) • *1: Second side is an image guarantee out. Machine specification Power requirement Supplied from the MFP main body Max.
Page 77: Offset Function
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Exit tray Mode Paper size Paper type Capacity Thick paper (106 to 300 g/m 28 3/16 to 79 13/16 lb) Special Postcard paper Label sheet OHP film Index paper Envelope Tray 2 (*2) •...
Page 78 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS • Sort offset, group offset • Sort staple Paper process ability <Capacity> Paper type Basis weight Max. capacity (Number of stacked sheets/Height of stacked sheets) (*1) Non sort/sort/group Sort offset/group offset...
Page 79 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 1.9 PK-519 Type Name Punch kit Type FS-integrated type punching operation device Function Punching method Stops and punches every paper No. of holes Japan: 2 holes North America: 2-3 holes switching Europe: 2-4 holes switching...
Page 80 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Paper type Basis weight Maximum number of stacked sheets Main tray Sub tray A5/A5S/InvoiceS or less B5/B5S or greater, A4S/ B4/Legal or greater LetterS or less Envelope OHP film Label sheet...
Page 81 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS No. of sheets to be stapled (main tray) Mode Max. No. of sheets to be stapled Normal mode (*1) Thin paper / Plain paper / Recycled paper: 50 sheets (*2) Plain paper+ (91 to 105 g/m...
Page 82 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 1.11 PK-520 Type Name Punch kit Type FS-integrated type punching operation device Functions Punching method Stops and punches every paper No. of holes • Japan: 2 holes • North America: 2-3 holes switching •...
Page 83: Scanning Section
Multiple line connection Four lines can be connected by installing four fax kit. (FK-514 x 2units and MK-742 (FK-515 x 2units)) Communication time Level of 2 seconds (Konica Minolta standard A4 chart, 33,600 bps) Resolution conversion At sending • Scanner: inch •...
Page 84: Recording Section
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Effective scanning range When a document is smaller than the effective scanning area, the area outside the document is erased. • DF scanning: left, right, head and bottom mask of 3 mm each (0 to 5 mm) •...
Page 85 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Interruption during scanning When pressing the interrupt key while scanning documents to be transmitted, INTERRUPT LED blinks. Copy screen appears after scanning is completed. Interruption during recording in the FAX Operations by using the interrupt key are invalid.
Page 86 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Dial parameters Dialing signals DP (10 pps) and DTMF (Depends on country spec) • Pause between digits1 to 7 seconds (Users cannot set.) • Pause between digits 3 seconds (fixed) Phone book dial (Abbr) •...
Page 87: Message Reception And Record
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS • Manual forward: No Interruption transmission Single station transmission reservation automatically interrupts between stations of multiple station communications. International communication • When the remote station is V17, communications start at TCM 7,200 bps. When the remote station is V34, they start at 28,800 bps.
Page 88: Memory Function
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS When a transmission password (SID) has been set for the confidential box, the SID should be specified as the communication password. At the time of printing documents received at the confidential BOX, a password to access to the confidential BOX is required.
Page 89: Other User Functions
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS (8) User lists / reports Activity report • The total of 700 communications (sending and reception) can be recorded. • Automatic output: Daily / Every 100 Comm. / 100/ Daily • Manual output: Yes Timer Reservation TX Report Automatic output: Users can turn ON / OFF.
Page 90 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Reception by specifying a Not Available (except Memory RX) Received document size width: A4 / B4 / A3 Reception coding system TIFF-S (MH), TIFF-F (MR/MMR) List/report Print DSN message Output can be produced...
Page 91: List Of Advanced Functions
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 1.14 i-Option 1.14.1 Available function for i-Option • The functions available for i-Option are as follows. (1) List of advanced functions (2) Activation procedures of i-Option For details of the activation procedures, refer to the followings.
Page 92: Overall Composition
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION 2.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 2.1.1 System configuration (1) System front view [32] [31] [10] [30] [11] [29] [12] [24] [25] [13] [28] [28] [14] [27] [26] [15] [16] [21] [20] [19] [18]...
Page 93 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION NOTE ▪ Use the desk or the paper feed cabinet without fail when installing on the floor in order to keep the function and quality of the unit. (2) System rear view...
Page 94: Section Configuration
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION (a) Japan Main body (scanner section) MK-719 HT-510 (b) International • No optional settings (6) Combination configuration of paper feed options and dehumidifier heater (a) Japan DK-516 (standard equipment dehumidifier heater) PC-116 (standard equipment HT-509...
Page 95: Control Block Diagram
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION 2.3 Paper path Main body + DF-632 + PC-216 + RU-513 + FS-536SD + LU-302 • List of drive rollers and sensors in the paper path 2.4 CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM C-30...
Page 96: Image Creation Process
C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION 2.5 IMAGE CREATION PROCESS [13] [10] [12] [11] [1] Photoelectric The light reflected off the surface of the original is separated into different colors using the color filters (R, G, and conversion B);...
Page 97 C360i/C300i/C250i C PRODUCT OUTLINE > 2. OVERALL COMPOSITION 2.6 IMAGE FORMING CONTROL C-32...
Page 98: Service Material List
C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Service material list Name Shape Parts No. Remarks Cleaning pad (30 pcs) A5AWP001## 30pcs/1 pack Hydro-wipe 65AA-9920 10pcs/1pack CE tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No.
Page 99: Utility Tool
C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 2. Utility tool 2. Utility tool 2.1 IC card information setting tool of card reader 2.1.1 Outline • Before connecting a card reader to the MFP, it is necessary to prepare an IC card information setting file with the loadable driver.
Page 100 C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 2. Utility tool 4. Select Loadable Driver in [Export Format] and click [Export]. 5. Select the loadable driver to be updated and the output location of the loadable driver and click [OK]. 6. Copy the output loadable driver (ICC_LDR.tar) to the root directory of the USB memory.
Page 101 C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 2. Utility tool Card Reader Name Readable Card Type IC Card Information Setting (card type to be reported) Mifare TypeA (1) (*1) HID Prox HID Prox (1) (*2) HID iCLASS HID iCLASS (1) (*3) •...
Page 102 C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 2. Utility tool 2. Start the Auth Device Tool Advanced for AU-202H. 3. Set the card ID length. 4. Select IC card information setting file in [Export Format] and click [Export]. 5. Set the encrypted password.
Page 103 C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 2. Utility tool Card Reader Name Readable Card Type IC Card Information Setting (card type to be reported) Mifare TypeA (1) (*1) HID Prox HID Prox (1) (*2) HID iCLASS HID iCLASS (1) (*3) •...
Page 104 C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 3. DF-632 3. DF-632 DF tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remarks DF reading chart 9J06 PJG1 XX DF reading chart (for A782 9450 ## Duplex)
Page 105 C360i/C300i/C250i D SERVICE TOOL > 4. DF-714 4. DF-714 DF tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remarks DF reading chart 9J06 PJG1 XX DF reading chart (for A782 9450 ## Duplex) Adjustment sheet for AAMN 9450 multi feed detection...
Page 106: Concept Of Periodical Maintenance
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 1. Concept of maintenance E MAINTENANCE 1. Concept of maintenance Concept of periodical maintenance • Cleaning/replacement cycle for each maintenance item of main body/options can be evaluated with the total counter or each life counter value of [Service Mode] -> [Counter] -> [Life].
Page 107: Periodical Replacement Parts List
Manual bypass tray feed roller A00F 6232 ## 200,000 roller Manual bypass tray separation roller assy AA2J 5911 ## 200,000 Processing Toner cartridge/Y, /M, /C, /K bizhub C360i 28,000 (*3) E.3.1.4 Replacing the section toner cartridge bizhub C300i 28,000 bizhub C250i...
Page 108 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical replacement parts list Part name Parts No. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. page Paper feed assy A7V7 PP28 ## 200,000 Separation roller assy A3CF PP4H ## 200,000 *1: Actual replacement cycle (life counter value) *2: Replace these parts at the same time.
Page 109 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3. Periodical replacement procedure NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 3.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3.1.1 Replacing the tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 separation roller 1.
Page 110 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector protective cover [2]. 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the edge cover [2]. 4. Remove two screws [3], and remove the plate [4].
Page 111 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 8. Remove the manual bypass tray feed roller [1]. NOTE ▪ Take care not to lose the pin. 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the plate [2] and spring [3].
Page 112 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure (2) Reinstall procedure 1. Remove the new toner cartridge [1] from its packaging, and the shake the cartridge side to side 5 to 10 times. NOTE ▪ Shake the toner cartridge well.
Page 113: Replacing The Developing Unit
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3. Peel off the tape [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not hold the drum unit by the upper part. Holding it by the upper part can cause scratches on the surface of the photoconductor, resulting in the deterioration of image quality.
Page 114: Removal Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure E.3.1.5 Replacing the drum unit 5. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the developing unit [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 115 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3.1.8 Replacing the transfer belt unit (1) Removal procedure 1. Open the right door. 2. Release three tabs [1], and remove the 2nd transfer paper winding prevention guide [2]. 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the stopper [2].
Page 116 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 1. Insert the transfer belt unit [1]. NOTE ▪ Insert the transfer belt unit with care not to allow its docking gear to be damaged by hitting it against the rail or associated part.
Page 117 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3.1.10 Replacing the fusing unit CAUTION • The temperature gets high in the vicinity of the fusing unit. You may get burned when you come into contact with the area. Before replacement operations, make sure that more than 20 minutes have elapsed since the main power switch was turned off.
Page 118 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3.2.1 Replacing the paper feed assy 1. Open the left cover [1]. 2. Release the lock [1]. 3. Release two tabs [2], and remove the paper feed assy [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 119 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 7. Remove the C-clip [1] and slide the bushing [2] in the direction of the arrow. 8. Remove the pick-up roller/feed roller assy [3]. 9. Remove two C-rings [1]. 10. Remove the arm [2] and the pin [3].
Page 120 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 14. Remove the C-ring [1] and the pin [2], and remove the arm [3]. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to lose the pin [2]. 15. Remove the C-ring [1], the pulley [2] and the gear [3].
Page 121 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 3.3 DF-714 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 3.3.1 Replacing the paper feed assy 1. Open the left cover [1].
Page 122 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 5. Remove the C-clip [1]. 6. Remove the screw [2], and remove the spring [3]. 7. Remove the C-clip [1] and slide the bushing [2] in the direction of the arrow.
Page 123 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 14. Remove the C-ring [1] and the pin [2], and remove the arm [3]. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to lose the pin [2]. 15. Remove the C-ring [1], the pulley [2] and the gear [3].
Page 124 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 3.4 PC-116/PC-216 3.4.1 Replacing the tray 3 pick-up roller, feed roller, separation roller 1. Open the right door. 2. Remove the tray 3 and tray 4.
Page 125 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3. Remove the tab [2] while pressing down the separation roller assy [1], and remove the separation roller [3]. NOTE ▪ When replacing the separation roller, replace the torque limiter [4] at the same time.
Page 126 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 3. Remove two C-clips [1], the bushing [2] and remove the feed roller assy [3]. 4. Remove two C-clips [1], the actuator [2] and remove the pick-up roller [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 127 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 2. Move the feed roller assy [1] up. 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Remove the C-clip [1] while pressing the separation roller down to remove the separation roller [2].
Page 128 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 4. Pull the paper stopper [1] and remove the alignment roller assy /F [2]. 5. Remove the C-clip [1]. 6. Move the bushing [2] to the left. 7. Press the paper stopper [1] to the rear and remove the alignment roller assy /R [2].
Page 129 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 5. Remove the exit tray [1]. 6. Remove two tabs [1], and remove the cover [2]. 7. Release the tab [1], and remove the main tray upper position detect switch [2].
Page 130 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 10. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the paddles, be careful not to attach them at an incorrect location or in an incorrect orientation. [1]: Paddle Assy. (Front) [2]: Paddle Assy. (Center) [3]: Paddle Assy. (Rear)
Page 131 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement procedure 9. Remove the bushing [1]. 10. Remove the E-ring [2], and remove the bushing [3]. 11. Remove two E-rings [4]. 12. Replace the upper paddle [5]. [2] [3] 13. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 132: Cleaning Parts List
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 4. Cleaning parts list 4. Cleaning parts list • Clean with reference to the numeric values displayed on the total counter or the messages displayed on the control panel. 4.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Section Parts name Cleaning cycle Ref.
Page 133 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 4. Cleaning parts list Part name Cleaning cycle Ref. page Separation roller 50,000 E.5.3.2 Cleaning of the separation roller Rollers and rolls 50,000 E.5.3.3 Cleaning of the miscellaneous rollers E.5.3.4 Cleaning of the miscellaneous rolls...
Page 134 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 5.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5.1.1 Cleaning the original glass 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the original glass [1] clean of dirt.
Page 135 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Clean the lens [1]. 5.1.5 Cleaning the CCD sensor 1. Remove the original glass. F.5.1.11 Original glass 2. Remove five screws [1] and remove the CCD unit cover [2]. 3. Remove four tabs [1], and remove the CCD sensor cover [2].
Page 136 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5.1.7 Cleaning the tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 separation roller 1. Remove the tray 1. F.5.1.21 Tray 1 2. Remove the tray 2. F.5.1.22 Tray 2 3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 2 feed roller [1], tray 2 pick-up roller [2], tray 2 separation roller [3] clean of dirt.
Page 137: Cleaning Of The Registration Roller
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the manual bypass tray separation roller [1] clean of dirt. 5.1.12 Cleaning the transfer belt unit 1. Remove the transfer belt unit. E.3.1.8 Replacing the transfer belt unit 2.
Page 138: Cleaning Of The Image Transfer Entrance Guide
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Wipe the areas around the waste toner collecting port clean of spilled toner and dirt using a cleaning pad with water or alcohol. 5.1.16 Cleaning of the image transfer entrance guide 1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
Page 139 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the exit tray front roller [1] clean of dirt. 5.2 DF-632 5.2.1 Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller 1. Open the left cover [1]. 2. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the pick-up roller [1] / feed roller [2] clean of dirt.
Page 140 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 5. Lift up the guide plate DF1 [1].
Page 141: Cleaning Of The Scanning Guide
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1]. 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1]. 5.2.5 Cleaning of the scanning guide 1.
Page 142 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 3. Clean the reflective part [1] using a brush or other similar tools. 5.3 DF-714 5.3.1 Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller 1. Open the left cover [1]. 2. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the pick-up roller [1] / feed roller [2] clean of dirt.
Page 143 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5.3.3 Cleaning of the miscellaneous rollers 1. Lift up the document feed tray. 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1].
Page 144 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 11. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 12. Open the opening and closing guide [1]. 13. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1].
Page 145 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1]. 5. Open the opening and closing guide [1]. 6. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1].
Page 146 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the front side scanning guide [1] clean of dirt. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to damage the sheet. 5.3.6 Cleaning of the reflective sensor section 1.
Page 147 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5.3.8 Back side scanning guide/Back side scanning shading shaft 1. Open the dual scan document feeder. 2. Open the opening and closing guide [1]. 3. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the back side scanning guide [1] and back side scanning shading shaft [2] clean of dirt.
Page 148: Vertical Transport Roller
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 3 vertical transport roller [1], tray 4 vertical transport roller [2] clean of dirt. 5.5 PC-416 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
Page 149: Separation Roller
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5.6.2 Feed roller 1. Open the upper door. 2. Lift the pick-up roller. 3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the feed roller [1] clean of dirt. 5.6.3 Separation roller 1. Open the upper door.
Page 150: Cleaning Procedure For Each Parts
C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5.7.1 Cleaning procedure for each parts NOTE ▪ Do not clean the alignment roller F/R. 5.7.2 Cleaning the paper exit paddle 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the paper exit paddle [1].
Page 151 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure • *: Option 5.8.2 Cleaning the paddle (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the paddle [1]. 5.8.3 Cleaning the upper paddle (FS-536SD) 1. Remove the saddle unit. Saddle unit (FS-536SD) 2.
Page 152 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5.8.4 Cleaning the lower paddle (FS-536SD) 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the paddle [1]. 5.8.5 FNS entrance sensor (PS4) (FS-536SD/FS-536) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2.
Page 153 C360i/C300i/C250i E MAINTENANCE > 5. Cleaning/Lubrication procedure 5. Rotate the douser [1] by 180 degrees. 6. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the screw [2] and the guide [3]. 7. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, clean the main tray exit sensor [1].
Page 154: Disassembly/Adjustment Prohibited Items
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY 1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items 1.1 Paint-locked screws NOTE ▪ To prevent loose screws, a screw lock in blue or green series color is applied to the screws. ▪ The screw lock is applied to the screws that may get loose due to the vibrations and loads created by the use of machine or due to the vibrations created during transportation.
Page 155 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items 1.5 Warnings / Precautions during setup or transportation WARNING • Whenever mounting an option on the machine, be attentive to the motion of the other workers performing the task. Another worker may be injured by a pinch point between the machine and the option.
Page 156 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 2. Units from which removing is prohibited 2. Units from which removing is prohibited 2.1 CCD unit 2.1.1 Reason for prohibition • Since the accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, no accuracy is guaranteed if it is disassembled. Do no remove any screw which may disassemble the CCD unit.
Page 157 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 3. Disassembly/assembly warning/caution items 3. Disassembly/assembly warning/caution items 3.1 Removal/installing of PWBs CAUTION • When removing or installing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “Handling of PWBs” and follow the corresponding removal or installing procedures.
Page 158: Protective Materials
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. Notes when transporting the machine 4. Notes when transporting the machine NOTE ▪ When transporting a machine to reinstall it in another location, attach the following protective materials to the machine in order to prevent the machine from being damaged or spilling out by vibration during transportation.
Page 159 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. Notes when transporting the machine 3. Attach the scanner locking materials [1] to fix the scanner. 4.1.3 Paper tray locking materials 1. Slide out the tray 2. 2. Install the locking materials [1]. 3. Slide the tray 2 back in.
Page 160 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5.1 Exterior parts 5.1.1 Scanner right cover 1. Remove three screws [1]. Remove the scanner right cover [2] while moving it in the direction shown with the arrow. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 161 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 7. Remove three screws [1], and remove the scanner front cover [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.1.4 Scanner upper rear cover 1. Remove the upper rear cover. F.5.1.19 Upper rear cover 2.
Page 162 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove four screws [1]. 4. Slightly tilt down the control panel. 5. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the control panel front cover [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 163 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. Remove the cap [1]. 6. Remove four screws [1], and remove the control panel right cover [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.1.8 Control panel left cover/1 1. Remove two caps [1].
Page 164 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove eight screws [1], and remove the control panel left cover/2 [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 165: Original Glass
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. Remove six screws [1], and remove the control panel unit [2]. 6. Remove the cable from the wire saddle [1]. Disconnect the cable [2], then remove the cable from the cable guide.
Page 166: Front Lower Cover
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. Remove the screw [1] each, and remove two original glass locking materials [2]. 3. Remove the original glass [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5. Perform the adjustment from [Service Mode] -> [Machine] -> [Scan Area] -> [Scanner Image Side Edge].
Page 167 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the front lower cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.1.14 Front cover 1. Remove the front door. F.5.1.12 Front door 2. Remove the waste toner transport unit/waste toner box.
Page 168 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove three screws [1], and remove the exit tray [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.1.17 Rear right cover 1. Open the right rear cover. 2. Disconnect two connectors [1] and remove the cable from the cable guide.
Page 169 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5.1.18 DF cable cover 1. Unhook four tabs [1], and remove the DF cable cover [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the cover, insert two claws [3] into the holes on the main unit cover first. Then fit two claws [4] into the holes.
Page 170 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove three screws [1], and remove the lower rear cover [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.1.21 Tray 1 1. Slide out the tray 1 and unload paper from it.
Page 171 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5.2 Units 5.2.1 Waste toner transport unit/waste toner box 1. Open the front door. 2. Open the cover [1], release the lock [2], and remove the waste toner transport unit/waste toner box [3]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 172 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 13. Remove two screws [2] of the LED exposure unit assy [1]. 14. Disconnect the flat cable [1], and remove the LED exposure unit assy [2]. 15. Remove two screws [1], and remove the LED exposure unit [2].
Page 173 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 5. Remove the screw [1] each, and remove two retainer plates [2]. 6. Remove the CCD unit [3]. (2) Reinstall procedure 1. Check the mark [1] on lens of the CCD unit.
Page 174 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5.2.4 Paper feed unit 1. Slide out the tray 1 and the tray 2. 2. Open the right door. 3. Remove two screws [1] and the tab [2], and remove the connector cover [3].
Page 175 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1. Remove the waste toner transport unit/waste toner box. F.5.2.1 Waste toner transport unit/waste toner box 2. Remove the left cover. F.5.1.15 Left cover 3. Remove the exit tray. F.5.1.16 Exit tray 4.
Page 176 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 9. Remove two screws [1], and remove the set pin [2] for the PH unit. 10. Disconnect the flat cable [1], and remove the PH unit [2]. 11. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 177 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 11. NOTE ▪ Note that two tabs [1] is at the position as shown on the illustration when removal/install. 12. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.7 Right door unit 1. Remove the rear right cover.
Page 178 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 7. Disconnect three connectors [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 8. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground terminal [2]. 9. Draw the gauge line to the hinge mounting part (upper section) [1] along the cutout of the hinge on the frame of the main body.
Page 179 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. Open the regist unit. 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the shaft holder/1 [2]. 4. Remove 10 screws [1], and remove the vertical transport roll assy [2]. 5. Remove three screws [1], and remove the shaft holder/2 [2].
Page 180 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 8. Disconnect three connectors [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground terminal [2]. 10. Remove 10 screws [2] of the manual bypass tray unit [1].
Page 181 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 4. Draw the gauge line to the hinge mounting part [1] along the cutout of the hinge on the frame of the main body.
Page 182 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Remove the cable from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 5. Disconnect connectors (CN1E/CN2E/CN7E/CN6E/CN12E/CN9E/CN4E/CN3E/ CN14E/CN13E/CN11E/CN36E/CN19E/CN18E/CN22E/CN16E). Remove five wire saddles [1], and remove the harness from the harness guide [2].
Page 183 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 13. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 14. Disconnect all connectors from the expansion control board. Remove the harness from nine wire saddles [1]. 15. Remove four screws [1], and remove the expansion control board assy [2].
Page 184: Transport Unit
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 18. Remove eight screws [1], and remove the main drive unit [2]. 19. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.12 Transport unit 1. Remove the waste toner transport unit/waste toner box. F.5.2.1 Waste toner transport unit/waste toner box 2.
Page 185 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i E.3.1.8 Replacing the transfer belt unit 3. Remove the toner cartridge (Y/M/C/K). E.3.1.4 Replacing the toner cartridge 4. Remove the upper rear cover. F.5.1.19 Upper rear cover 5. Remove the lower rear cover.
Page 186 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 15. Remove four screws [1], and evacuate the plate [2]. 16. Remove the screw [1], and unhook the tab [2]. 17. Remove the harness guide [3] as clearing the harness and cables.
Page 187: Remove The Screw
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5.2.14 Hopper drive unit 1. Remove the toner cartridge (Y/M/C/K). E.3.1.4 Replacing the toner cartridge 2. Remove the upper rear cover. F.5.1.19 Upper rear cover 3. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 4.
Page 188 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 16. Remove three screws [1], and remove the hopper drive unit [2]. 17. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3 Boards 5.3.1 Scanner drive board (SCDB) 1. Remove the upper rear cover. F.5.1.19 Upper rear cover 2.
Page 189 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i F.5.3.7 TPM board (TPMB) 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 9. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 10. Disconnect two connectors [1] from the side of the base board. Remove the connector cover [2] and two bolts [3].
Page 190 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 13. Remove 13 screws [1], and remove the base board [2]. 14. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3.3 Storage board (STRGB) NOTE ▪ Never use the combination of the used storage board removed from another machine and the CPU board. This combination causes corruption of stored data.
Page 191 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Remove the storage board. F.5.3.3 Storage board (STRGB) 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the CPU board [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the CPU board, insert it obliquely.
Page 192 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. Touch [OK], and turn OFF the main power switch. Table : Machine type information First four digits of the AA2J AA2K AA2M serial number [Machine] [Type] 5.3.5 Backup board (ERB) 1. Remove the lower rear cover.
Page 193 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 8. Enter the Service Mode again. Make individual adjustments shown in Table 2: Readjustment items in the order listed, using the machine management list and the adjustment lists that were output at the time of main body installation and maintenance.
Page 194 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the expansion control board [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3.7 TPM board (TPMB) 1. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 2.
Page 195 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove the screw [2] and three tabs [3], and remove the tray 1 FD paper size board assy [4]. 5. Unhook three tabs [1], and remove the tray 1 FD paper size board [2].
Page 196 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 8. Remove the connector [1], and remove the tray 1 CD paper size board assy [2]. 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the tray 1 CD paper size board [2]. 10. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 197 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Disconnect all connectors and solderless terminals on the high voltage unit. 5. Remove four screws [1] of the high voltage unit. NOTE ▪ When installing the high voltage unit, tighten the screws in the order shown in the illustration.
Page 198 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the DC power supply protective shield [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the PH/power supply cooling fan assy [3].
Page 199 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.4.2 PC motor (M2) 1. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 2. Remove the rear right cover. F.5.1.17 Rear right cover 3. Open the PWB box.
Page 200 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Attach the drive belt [1] to the gear of the paper exit/reverse motor. 4. Attach it in reversed procedures of removal. 5.4.5 ADU transport motor (M5) 1. Open the right door. 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the gear cover [2].
Page 201 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 6. Remove five screws [1], and remove the guide [2]. 7. Remove three screws [1] to release the ADU transport motor assy [2]. 8. Remove two screws [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the ADU transport motor [3].
Page 202: Remove The Screw
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 10. Remove the screw [1]. 11. Disconnect the connector [2] and remove the toner supply motor/K [3]. 12. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.4.7 Toner supply motor/C (M7) 1. Remove the upper rear cover.
Page 203 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Disconnect all connectors from the expansion control board. Remove the harness from 10 wire saddles [1]. 4. Remove five screws [1], and remove the expansion control board assy [2]. NOTE ▪ When installing the expansion control board assy, make sure that the expansion control board assy plate [3] is located behind the plate [4] of the board box.
Page 204 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Remove five screws [1], and remove the expansion control board assy [2]. NOTE ▪ When installing the expansion control board assy, make sure that the expansion control board assy plate [3] is located behind the plate [4] of the board box.
Page 205 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. Remove the screw [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the toner cartridge motor/YM [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.4.11 Fusing pressure motor (M11) 1. Remove the upper rear cover.
Page 206 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 6. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the harness guide [2]. 7. Remove three screws [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the tray 2 lift-up motor [3]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 207 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 7. Remove the screw [1], and remove the waste toner transport motor [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.4.15 Developing motor (M21) 1. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 2.
Page 208 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Remove five screws [1], and remove the expansion control board assy [2]. NOTE ▪ When installing the expansion control board assy, make sure that the expansion control board assy plate [3] is located behind the plate [4] of the board box.
Page 209 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the scanner motor [2]. (2) Reinstall procedure 1. Attach the spring [3] to the scanner motor assy [1]. 2. Temporarily secure the scanner motor assy [1] with three screws [2].
Page 210 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the gear [2]. 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from three wire saddles [2]. 4. Remove the E-ring [3] and spacer [4], and remove the tray 2 paper feed clutch [5].
Page 211 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.5.3 Tray 1 paper feed clutch (CL3) 1. Remove the paper feed unit. F.5.2.4 Paper feed unit 2. Remove the harness from three wire saddles [1] and the harness guide [2], and disconnect the connector [3].
Page 212 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 13. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1]. Remove the E-ring [2] and bushing [3]. Remove the spring [4], remove the gear assy [5], and remove the 1st transfer pressure clutch [6].
Page 213 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 7. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 8. Remove the E-ring [1] and bushing [2]. Remove two screws [3], and remove the plate [4]. 9. Remove the ADU transport clutch [1].
Page 214 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 5. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the bypass tray paper feed clutch [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the bypass tray paper feed clutch, set the convex part of the stopper into the concave part of the bypass tray paper feed clutch [2].
Page 215 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the DC power supply protective shield [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the PH/power supply cooling fan assy [3].
Page 216 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i E.3.1.6 Replacing the developing unit 12. Remove the sub hopper unit. F.5.2.6 Sub hopper unit 13. Remove the screw [1], and remove the waste toner pipe [2]. 14. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2].
Page 217 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 18. Disconnect the connector [1]. 19. Remove the screw [2]. 20. Release three tabs [3], and remove the transfer belt cleaner cooling fan assy [4]. 21. Remove the harness from the harness guide [1].
Page 218 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 4. Unhook three tabs [1], and remove the toner cartridge cooling fan [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 219 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the actuator [2]. 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the edge cover [2].
Page 220 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 8. Remove the screw [1], and remove the bypass tray lift-up solenoid assy [3] while removing the harness from four harness guides [2]. 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the plate [2].
Page 221 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 7. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 8. Remove four screws [2] of the gate switch unit [1]. 9. Disconnect the connector [1]. 10. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [2] and the edge cover [3].
Page 222 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 13. Remove the screw [1], and remove the exit path switch solenoid assy [2]. 14. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. Remove the actuator [3], and remove the exit path switch solenoid [4].
Page 223 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove two screws [1] and remove the bypass tray pick-up roller solenoid assy [2]. 4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 5. Remove the bypass tray pick-up roller solenoid [1].
Page 224 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 6. Remove eight screws [1], and remove the FAX speaker assy [2]. 7. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
Page 225 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Remove the harness from the harness guide [1]. 4. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1]. 5. Remove four screws [2], and remove the bypass tray CD paper size VR assy [3].
Page 226 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1. Align the match mark [2] on the bypass guide rack gear with two gear ribs [1], and install two bypass guide rack gears [3]. 2. When installing the bypass tray CD paper size VR assy [3], make sure that the concavity [1] on the bypass guide rack gear and the gear hole [2] on the bypass tray CD paper size VR assy are placed in a straight line.
Page 227 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1. Remove the ventilation cover [1]. 2. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the filter cover [2]. 3. Remove the deodorant filter [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. F-74...
Page 228 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 6. DF-632/SP-501 6.1 Front cover (DF-632) 1. Open the reverse automatic document feeder. 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the front cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2 Rear cover (DF-632) 1.
Page 229 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground earth [2] from the harness guide. 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the harness guide [2]. 4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the shaft [2].
Page 230 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 6.4 Reverse automatic document feeder (DF-632) 1. Remove two hinge covers [1]. 2. Remove the DF cable cover from the back of the main body. F.5.1.18 DF cable cover 3. Remove the cable tie [1], and disconnect two connectors [2].
Page 231 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 6.5 Glass cleaning roller unit (DF-632) 1. Remove the front cover. F.6.1 Front cover (DF-632) 2. Remove the dual scan document feeder. F.6.4 Reverse automatic document feeder (DF-632) 3. Place the reverse automatic document feeder vertically as shown in the illustration.
Page 232 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 ▪ Adjust the actuator [1] so that it is positioned where it blocks the light of the document reading glass cleaning sensor [2], and install the belt. ▪ After completing the above adjustment, when you turn ON the main power switch, make sure that the shaft [1] is at the correct position (home position).
Page 233 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 3. Remove the lever for document exit [1]. 4. Remove six screws [2] and remove the cover [3]. 5. Remove two screws [1], disconnect the connector [2], and remove the document width size sensor [3].
Page 234 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 6. NOTE ▪ For mounting it, set the document reading motor to the belt position [1] shown on the illustration. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.9 Document feed motor (M2) (DF-632) 1.
Page 235 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 5. Remove three screws [1] and remove the registration motor assy [2]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the registration motor [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.11 Glass cleaning motor (M4) (DF-632) 1.
Page 236 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 3. Remove five wire saddles [1] and remove the harness from the harness guide [2]. 4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the drive assy [2]. 5. Disconnect the connector [1]. 6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the reading roll release motor [3].
Page 237 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the document exit roller release solenoid [2]. NOTE ▪ To install the document exit roller release solenoid back to the original position, mark the screw installation position.
Page 238 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 2. Lift up the guide plate DF1 [1]. 3. Remove the screw [2], and remove the cover [3]. NOTE ▪ Remove the guide plate while shifting it to the right when viewed from the back side of the main body.
Page 239 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. DF-632/SP-501 4. Remove the used stamp and install the spare TX marker stamp [1]. NOTE ▪ Align the round pin of the stamp to the groove in the stamp unit. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 240 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 7. DF-714/SP-501 7.1 Front cover (DF-714) 1. Open the dual scan document feeder. 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the front cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 7.2 Rear cover (DF-714) 1.
Page 241: Remove The Screw
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground earth [2] from the harness guide. 3. Disconnect two connectors [1], and remove the harness from the harness guide [2]. 4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the shaft [2].
Page 242 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 7.4 Dual scan document feeder (DF-714) 1. Remove two hinge covers [1]. 2. Remove the DF cable cover. F.5.1.18 DF cable cover 3. Remove the lower rear cover of the main body. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 4.
Page 243 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 9. NOTE ▪ When carrying the dual scan document feeder, be sure to hold onto the specified positions. The feeder main body can be distorted if held at inappropriate positions. ▪ After removing the dual scan document feeder from the machine, place it on the floor or the like as shown in the illustration.
Page 244 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 5. Remove the C-clip [1], shift the bushing [2], and remove the belt [3]. 6. Remove the front side glass cleaning roller unit [4]. [1] [2] 7. NOTE ▪ When installing the glass cleaning roller unit [2], make sure that the transparent sheets [1] are outside of the glass cleaning roller unit [2].
Page 245 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 2. Open the opening and closing guide [1]. 3. While peeling off the mat, remove the screw [1], and while opening the opening and closing guide, remove the cover [2]. 4. Remove the screw [1] and E-ring [2], and remove the bushing [3].
Page 246 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 NOTE ▪ When installing the back side glass cleaning roller unit, the following adjustment is necessary. ▪ Align the D cut surface [2] of the shaft with the lines [1] marked on the bushing.
Page 247 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 7. Remove the screw [1], and disconnect two connectors [2]. 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 9. Remove two screws (front side) [1]. 10. Remove two screws (rear side) [1].
Page 248 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 12. Remove the E-ring [1] on the right and left and remove the metal set [2]. 13. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ Be sure to perform the following steps after the CIS module has been replaced with a new one.
Page 249 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 3. Remove the lever for document exit [1]. 4. Remove six screws [2] and remove the cover [3]. 5. Remove two screws [1], disconnect the connector [2], and remove the document width size sensor [3].
Page 250 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 5. Remove 10 screws [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. [1] [4] 6. Remove the harness from the harness guide [3], and remove the transport guide [4]. NOTE ▪ Use care when mounting the screw [1] in the dashed circle (one on the left when looking from the front) since it is different from other nine screws [1].
Page 251 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 Reinstall procedure 1. Loosen the screw [1] and move the tension plate [2] in the direction of the arrow to reduce the belt tension. 2. Tighten the screw [1]. 3. Install the document reading motor assy with four screws.
Page 252 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 7.13 Registration motor (M3) (DF-714) 1. Remove the rear cover. F.7.2 Rear cover (DF-714) 2. Remove the reading roll release motor. F.7.14 Reading roll release motor (M4) (DF-714) 3. Remove the document reading motor.
Page 253 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 4. Remove two screws [1], unhook the tab [2], and move the harness guide [3] off the working area. 5. Remove the screw [1]. 6. Remove two screws [1]. 7. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the reading roll release motor assy [2].
Page 254 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [2], and remove the CIS cleaning motor [3]. NOTE ▪ When mounting it, make sure to set the belt [5] to the gear [4] on the pulley firmly.
Page 255 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 6. Remove one screw [1]. Then, remove the wire saddle [2] from the CIS cable. 7. Remove the CIS cable. NOTE ▪ If the CIS cable is to be replaced with a new one, remove the two wire saddles [1] that are attached to the old CIS cable and attach them to the new cable.
Page 256 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting it, set the ground terminal through the hole [3] shown on the illustration. 6. Remove the screw [1] and remove the stamp unit [2].
Page 257 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting it, set the ground terminal through the hole [3] shown on the illustration. 6. Remove the used stamp and install the spare TX marker stamp [1].
Page 258 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. DF-714/SP-501 3. Lift up the document feed tray [1]. 4. Unhook the claw [2] at the front side, and set the document feed tray [1] off the working area. 5. Remove 10 screws [1], and disconnect the connector [2].
Page 259 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 8. PC-116/PC-216 8.1 Right door (PC-116/PC-216) 1. Open the right door. 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the right door [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.2 Rear right cover (PC-116/PC-216) 1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear right cover [2].
Page 260 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 3. Hold up the tray 3 to remove it. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.5 Paper feed cabinet (PC-116/PC-216) CAUTION • When holding the transportation handles, be careful not to catch your fingers in the main body.
Page 261 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove two fixing brackets [2]. 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear under cover [2]. 7. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 8. Pull out the transportation handles.
Page 262 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 7. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 3 paper feed unit [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.7 Tray 4 paper feed unit (PC-216) 1. Remove the right door.
Page 263 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 2. Disconnect all connectors on the PC control board. 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the PC control board [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.9 Tray 3 paper empty indicator board (PEIB/3), tray 4 paper empty indicator board (PEIB/4) (PC-116/...
Page 264 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 4. Remove the screw [1] and the tab [2], and remove the tray 3 FD paper size board [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.11 Tray 3 CD paper size board (CDPSB/3) (PC-116/PC-216) 1.
Page 265 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 8.12 Tray 4 CD paper size board (CDPSB/4) (PC-216) 1. Remove the rear cover. F.8.3 Rear cover (PC-116/PC-216) 2. Disconnect the connector [1] on the PC control board. 3. Remove the tray 3 and tray 4.
Page 266 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 2. Remove three screws [1]. 3. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the tray 3 paper feed motor assy [3]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the tray 3 paper feed motor assy, use care not to forget to set the belt to the gear.
Page 267 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. PC-116/PC-216 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove three screws [2], and remove the tray 3 lift-up motor [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. F-114...
Page 268 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 9. PC-416 9.1 Right door (PC-416) 1. Open the right door. 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the right door [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 9.2 Rear right cover (PC-416) 1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear right cover [2].
Page 269 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 9.5 Paper feed cabinet (PC-416) CAUTION • When holding the transportation handles, be careful not to catch your fingers in the main body. 1. Slide out the tray 2 and tray 3. 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2].
Page 270 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear under cover [2]. 7. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 8. Pull out the transportation handles. 9. Hold the transportation handles at the right and left of the main body, and lift the main body [1] and then remove the paper feed cabinet [2].
Page 271 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 9.7 PC control board (PCCB) (PC-416) 1. Remove the rear cover. F.9.3 Rear cover (PC-416) 2. Disconnect all connectors on the PC control board. 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the PC control board [2].
Page 272 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the paper feed motor [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 9.10 Vertical transport motor (M132) (PC-416) 1. Remove the rear cover. F.9.3 Rear cover (PC-416) 2.
Page 273 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove three screws [2], and remove the shifter motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 9.13 Wire (PC-416) 1. Slide out the paper feed tray.
Page 274 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 9. Remove six screws [1] of the right paper guide plate. 10. Remove the C-ring [1]. 11. Remove two pulley covers [2]. 12. Remove two pulleys [3].
Page 275 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. PC-416 14. Remove the right paper guide plate assy [1]. 15. Turn the tray upside down. 16. Remove the C-ring [1] and the bushing [2]. 17. Turn the tray back to the original status.
Page 276 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 10. LU-302 10.1 Right cover (LU-302) 1. Open the upper door. 2. Remove four screws [1] and remove the right cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 10.2 Front cover (LU-302) 1. Remove the right cover.
Page 277 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 2. Remove two screws [1] and remove the plate [2]. 3. Loosen five screws [1] and remove the rear cover [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 10.4 Feed cover (LU-302) 1. Remove the right cover.
Page 278 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 6. Remove two screws [1] and remove the fixed sheet metal [2]. 7. Remove two screws [1], the sheet metal [2] and remove the upper door [3]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 279 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 4. Disconnect two connector [1], the screw on the earth wire [2], and the cord clamp [3]. NOTE ▪ When the optional transformer kit TK-101 is installed, disconnect the connector [4]. 5. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting plate [2].
Page 280 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 2. Remove the harness from the connector [1] and three wire saddles [2]. 3. Remove four screws [1] and remove the dehumidification heater [2]. 10.10 Lift wire (LU-302) 10.10.1 Removal 1. Remove the right cover.
Page 281 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 11. Remove nine screws [1], and remove the motor assy [2]. 12. Remove the cable tie [3] from the motor assy [2]. 13. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1] and four wire saddles [2].
Page 282 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 18. Remove the E-ring [1] on the front side to remove the wire holding jig [2]. 19. Remove the E-ring [1] on the rear side to remove the driving pulley [2]. 20. Pull out three lift wires [1].
Page 283 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 23. Pull out the auxiliary wire [1] and two lift wires [2]. 24. Remove two E-rings [1] and two wire pulleys [2] to remove the lift wire/S [3] and the lift wire/L [4].
Page 284 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 4. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] on the wire pulley, and set the lift wire/S [4] to the far side groove [3] and secure them with the E-ring [5].
Page 285 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 9. Insert the lift wire/L [2] to the right hole [1] on the front face. 10. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] on the wire pulley and secure it with the E-ring [3].
Page 286 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 14. Take the edges of the lift wire/S [1] and the lift wire/L [2] to set them to the holes on the shaft [3]. 15. Take the edge of the auxiliary wire [1] and set it to the hole on the shaft [2].
Page 287 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 18. When the wire is wound with the tray assy being at the up end, wind the auxiliary wire [2] to the wire pulley [1] clockwise once. 19. Set the auxiliary wire [1] on the front face to the hook of the slide spring [2].
Page 288 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 10. LU-302 23. Wrap the lift wire/L [2] on the driving pulley [1] on the rear face clockwise seven times. 24. Turn the rotation plate [1] one and a half times clockwise from the position where the plate holds the tension, to set the lift wire/L [2].
Page 289 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 11. JS-506 11. JS-506 11.1 Exit tray 1 (JS-506) 1. Remove the control panel left cover/1. F.5.1.8 Control panel left cover/1 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the exit tray 1 [3]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 290 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 11. JS-506 11.3 Job separator (JS-506) 1. Remove the DF cable cover. F.5.1.18 DF cable cover 2. Remove the cable tie [1], and disconnect two connectors [2]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the job separator [2].
Page 291 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 11. JS-506 4. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 5. Remove four screws [2], and remove two ground terminals [3]. 6. Remove the JS control board [4]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 11.6 Tray shift motor (M1) (JS-506) 1.
Page 292 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 12. FS-533 12.1 Front cover (FS-533) 1. Remove four screws [1] and two tabs [2], and remove the front cover [3]. 2. NOTE ▪ When the punch kit (PK-519) is installed, the cover [1] should be removed.
Page 293: Finisher (Fs-533)
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 12.4 Finisher (FS-533) 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear left cover of the main body.
Page 294 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the finisher [2] from the main body. 7. NOTE ▪ When carrying the finisher, be sure to hold the finisher by the sides as shown in the illustration.
Page 295 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the stapler unit [2]. NOTE ▪ When replacing the stapler unit, attach the guide [3] (Parts No.: A2YU PPE9 ##) to the stapler unit. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 296 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 5. Unhook the tab [1], and remove the board cover [2]. 6. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the stapler relay board [2]. 7. Disconnect two connectors [3]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 297 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the paper exit motor [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 12.11 Alignment roller motor (M103) (FS-533) 1. Remove the front cover. F.12.1 Front cover (FS-533) 2.
Page 298 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. NOTE ▪ When removing the cover [2], two claws [3] may come off and the alignment tray [4] may come up.
Page 299 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 3. Pull out the stapler drive assy [1]. 4. Release the lock [2] of the board cover, and remove the flat cable [3]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the stapler movement motor [2].
Page 300 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the tray lift up motor [1]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 12.16 Paper surface detect solenoid (SD101) (FS-533) 1. Remove the paper exit tray unit.
Page 301 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 5. Remove two screws [1], and pull out the paper surface detect solenoid [2]. 6. Remove the harness from wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2] and remove the paper surface detect solenoid [3].
Page 302 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 12. FS-533 12.18 Paper exit roller solenoid (SD103) (FS-533) 1. Remove the front cover. F.12.1 Front cover (FS-533) 2. Remove the spring [1]. 3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 4. Disconnect the connector [2].
Page 303: Punch Kit (Pk-519)
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 13. PK-519 13. PK-519 13.1 Punch kit (PK-519) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. F.12.4 Finisher (FS-533) NOTE ▪ Make sure that the punch unit is locked to the finisher before removing it. 2. Remove the rear cover.
Page 304 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 13. PK-519 3. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 4. Remove the screw [2], and pull out the PK control board [3]. 5. Disconnect two connectors [4], and remove the PK control board [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 305 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 14. RU-513 14. RU-513 14.1 RU transport unit (RU-513) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. F.15.6 Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the RU transport unit. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 306 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 14. RU-513 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the RU transport motor assy [2]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the RU transport motor [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 307 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 15.1 Rear cover (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove eight screws [1], and remove the rear cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 15.2 Front door (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the upper and lower stoppers [1], and remove the front door [2].
Page 308 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 2. Remove two screws [1]. NOTE ▪ If the saddle unit is installed, pull out the saddle unit, and then remove two screws [1]. 3. Remove the left lower cover [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 309 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 2. Remove the cable tie [2], and disconnect two connectors [1]. 3. Open the front door. 4. Remove the screw [1], and pull out the lever [2]. NOTE ▪ At the time of the finisher installation, make sure that the screw hole [3] locates within the scope of the mounting hole of the lever [4].
Page 310 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 2. Remove the rear cover. F.15.1 Rear cover (FS-536/FS-536SD) 3. When the saddle unit is attached, remove the C-clip [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. 4. Turn the stapler transfer dial [1] to move the stapler [2] to the position shown in the figure (the position where the back-end stopper [3] does not interfere with the clincher staple arm [4]).
Page 311 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 9. Remove the stapler assy [1] from the finisher. NOTE ▪ While removing the stapler assy [1], be careful not to hit the stapler against the finisher frame. 10. Put the stapler assy [2] on a stable workbench.
Page 312 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 16. Remove the clear spacers [1] and white rolls [2] on both shafts [3]. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to lose the clear spacers. 17. Slowly remove the stapler unit [1] from the stapler assy [4].
Page 313 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 15.9 FNS entry transport motor (M2) (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. F.15.6 Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2. Remove the rear cover. F.15.1 Rear cover (FS-536/FS-536SD) 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the FNS entry transport motor assy [3].
Page 314 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the receiving roller retraction motor [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 15.12 FNS paddle motor (M5) (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
Page 315 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD F.15.6 Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2. Remove the front door. F.15.2 Front door (FS-536/FS-536SD) 3. Remove the front upper cover. F.15.3 Front upper cover (FS-536/FS-536SD) 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [2].
Page 316 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the exit tray [2]. 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 6. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 7. Remove seven screws [2], and remove the left lower cover [3].
Page 317 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 9. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the left upper cover [2]. 10. Disconnect the connector [3]. 11. Disconnect the connector [1]. 12. Remove two screws [2], and remove the pre-eject drive motor assy [3].
Page 318 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 6. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 7. Remove seven screws [2], and remove the left lower cover [3]. NOTE ▪ Disconnect one connector when the saddle unit is not installed.
Page 319 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 11. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. [1] [2] 12. Remove two screws [3], and remove the bundle eject motor assy [4]. 13. Remove the rotating disk [1].
Page 320 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 15. FS-536/FS-536SD 5. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the paper receiving control motor assy [2]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the paper receiving control motor [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 321 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 16. FS-536SD saddle section 16.1 Saddle unit (FS-536SD) CAUTION • Be careful not to catch your finger in the edge of the rail when mounting the saddle unit on the right rail for the saddle unit installation.
Page 322 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section F.15.5 Front lower cover (FS-536/FS-536SD) 7. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 8. Remove the screw [1], and remove the pantograph [2]. 9. NOTE ▪ For installation of the pantograph, insert three hooks [1] on the pantograph of the saddle unit into the back holes inside the finisher.
Page 323 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 13. Insert the rail [1] on the right side into the finisher. 14. Grip the portion [1] as shown in the illustration to raise the saddle unit and take it out.
Page 324 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 2. Remove the exit tray [1]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 16.4 Staple unit (FS-536SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit. F.16.1 Saddle unit (FS-536SD) 2. Remove the front cover.
Page 325 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 7. Remove two screws [1]. 8. Detach the board support film [3] from the harness guide tabs [2]. 9. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1].
Page 326 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 15. Disconnect the connector [1]. 16. Remove two screws [1], and remove the staple unit [2]. 17. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 16.5 SD control board (SDCB) (FS-536SD saddle section) 1.
Page 327 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 16.6 SD transport motor (M1) (FS-536SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit. F.16.1 Saddle unit (FS-536SD) 2. Remove the front cover. F.16.2 Front cover (FS-536SD saddle section) 3. Disconnect the connector [1].
Page 328 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 5. Disconnect the connector [1]. 6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the alignment motor [3]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 329 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove four screws [2], and remove the center fold roller motor [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 16.11 Center fold guide motor (M6) (FS-536SD saddle section) 1.
Page 330 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 5. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the belt, align the portions of the gear [1] and the gear [2] indicated in the illustration with the triangular marking on the metal plate. Then, install the belt.
Page 331 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove four screws [2], and remove the center fold knife motor [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 332 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 5. Remove two stoppers [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. 6. Slide the lever unit [3] upward. 7. Remove two screws [1] and disconnect the connector [2]. 8. Raise the saddle unit.
Page 333 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 12. Remove the guide plate assy [1]. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the guide plate assy, perform mechanical adjustment. G.10.1 Half-fold skew adjustment 13. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2].
Page 334 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 16. FS-536SD saddle section 17. Remove the screw [1]. 18. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the stopper solenoid [2]. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the stopper solenoid, fit its tip into the place [3] shown in the illustration.
Page 335: Punch Kit (Pk-520)
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 17. PK-520 17. PK-520 17.1 Punch kit (PK-520) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. F.15.6 Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2. Remove eight screws [1] and remove the finisher rear cover [2]. 3. Remove the harness from five wire saddles [1].
Page 336 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 18. SC-509 18. SC-509 18.1 DSC board/1 (SC-509) 1. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Disconnect the flat cable [1]. 4. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the DSC board/1 [2].
Page 337: Open The Cover
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 19. FK-514 19. FK-514 19.1 FAX Kit (Line1), FAX Kit (Line2) (FK-514) NOTE ▪ Following describe the procedure to be followed when removing the FAX Kit (Line 1) and FAX Kit (Line 2) at the same time.
Page 338 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 19. FK-514 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector cover [2]. NOTE ▪ When installing the connector cover, insert the protrusion [3] on the connector cover into the holes [4] by taking care not to trap the harness.
Page 339 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 19. FK-514 2. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 3. Remove the USB cable and harness from the wire saddle [1]. 4. Disconnect two connectors [1] of the Line 2. 5. Remove the harness and USB cable from the cut-out section [2] in the cover 6.
Page 340 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 19. FK-514 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the Fax Kit (Line1) [2]. 10. Remove the screw [3], and remove the Fax Kit (Line2) [4]. 11. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. F-187...
Page 341 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 20. FK-515 20. FK-515 20.1 FAX board (line 3), FAX board (line 4) (FK-515) NOTE ▪ When removing the FAX Kit, make sure of the correct line associated with the FAX Kit to be removed before removing the line.
Page 342 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 21. UK-221 21. UK-221 21.1 Upgrade kit (UK-221) 1. Remove the rear right cover. F.5.1.17 Rear right cover 2. Disconnect the USB cable [1]. 3. Remove the screw [2], and remove the upgrade kit [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 343 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 22. KP-102 22. KP-102 22.1 Keypad (KP-102) 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the keypad [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
Page 344 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 23. VI-516 23. VI-516 23.1 Video Interface Kit (VI-516) 1. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Disconnect the video transfer cable [1]. 4. Remove the cable [1] and harness [2].
Page 345 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 24. UK-115 24. UK-115 24.1 Upgrade kit (UK-115) 1. Remove the lower rear cover. F.5.1.20 Lower rear cover 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Remove the harness [1]. 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the memory board [2].
Page 346 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 25. CU-102 25. CU-102 25.1 Clean unit (CU-102) 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 2. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2]. 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the clean unit [2].
Page 347 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 25. CU-102 3. Disconnect four connectors [1]. 4. Remove the screw [2], and remove the clean unit drive board [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 25.3 Exhaust fan/1 (FM14) 1. Remove the clean unit.
Page 348 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 25. CU-102 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the exhaust fan/2 [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. F-195...
Page 349: Commercially Available Parts
C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 26. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 26. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 26.1 Installing the key counter 26.1.1 Configuration Key counter socket Key counter 26.1.2 Procedure NOTE • When mounting the key counter, the optional key counter kit KIT-1 (4623-474) or key counter kit KIT-CF (4623-484; only for Europe and Japan) is necessary.
Page 350 C360i/C300i/C250i F DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 26. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 8. Set the original on the original glass, and check that the data for “Original Size Detection 2” changes from “0” to “1” on the screen. F-197...
Page 351 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 1. Advance checks G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT 1. Advance checks Before attempting to work adjustments and settings, the following advance checks must be made. Check to see if: • The power supply voltage meets the specifications. • The power supply is properly grounded.
Page 352: Confirmation Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2.1 Skew Adj. Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • Images are tilted when scanning or copying images. NOTE ▪ Perform a test print and make sure the printed image is not tilted.
Page 353 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Loosen eight screws [1]. 4. Loosen two screws [1], and adjust the scanner orientation. • Subtract width B from width A to calculate the difference. Use a value of two times this difference as the amount of scanner movement.
Page 354 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 3. Stretch the paper guides [1] to the minimum size position. 4. Loosen three screws [1]. 5. Move the paper guides [1] complete according to the amount of the mis- centering you checked in step 1 and adjust the center position of it.
Page 355 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. 0.6 mm adjusting shim plate [1] is installed as the standard status. Add or reduce the number of shims to adjust the parallelism. • Removing the standard adjusting shim plate: The fusing unit mounting position (front side) will move down by 0.6 mm.
Page 356 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 2. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 4. Confirm the skew state, and move the slide plate [1] in the adjustment direction to fit the index [2]. Skew state Back • Upper illustration: Shift the PH forward to accelerate the writing on the Rear front side.
Page 357 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 3. DF-632 3. DF-632 3.1 Adjusting the height Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • When the reverse automatic document feeder has been reinstalled. Procedure 1. Check the clearance between the upper face of scanner and the protrusion [1] on the reverse automatic document feeder side (3 spots).
Page 358 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 3. DF-632 4. If “1.0” is displayed in the [Scale], turn the adjuster screw clockwise to move the scale scribe line one graduation in the “+” direction. Example: If the scribe line is on graduation “3” before adjusting, adjust the scribe line to graduation “4”.
Page 359 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 3. DF-632 2. Grip both sides [1] of the holder and remove the cover [2]. 3. Remove the spacer [1] shown on the illustration. 4. Set the spacer to the lower part of the spring in the direction shown on the illustration (with deeper groove facing upper side).
Page 360 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 4. DF-714 4. DF-714 4.1 Adjusting the height Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • When the dual scan document feeder has been reinstalled. Procedure 1. Check the clearance between the upper face of scanner and the protrusion [1] on the dual scan document feeder side (3 spots).
Page 361 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 4. DF-714 4. If “1.0” is displayed in the [Scale], turn the adjuster screw clockwise to move the scale scribe line one graduation in the “+” direction. Example: If the scribe line is on graduation “3” before adjusting, adjust the scribe line to graduation “4”.
Page 362 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 4. DF-714 5. Depending on the difference of the skew value, turn the adjustment dial [1] using the marks [2] as a guide. • When the difference is a positive (+) value, turn the dial clockwise.
Page 363 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 4. DF-714 4. Set the spacer to the lower part of the spring in the direction shown on the illustration (with deeper groove facing upper side). NOTE ▪ When this procedure does not improve the situation, carry out the adjustment below for the stronger spring force.
Page 364 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 5. PC-116/PC-216 5. PC-116/PC-216 5.1 Paper reference position Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following cases: • When the PH unit has been replaced. • When the image on the print is offset in the main scan direction.
Page 365 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 6. PC-416 6. PC-416 6.1 Paper reference position Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following cases: • When the PH unit has been replaced. • When the image on the print is offset in the main scan direction.
Page 366 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 6. PC-416 2. While raising the main tray [1], and remove two screws [2] that hold the shift tray in position. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling, use caution because the wire of the main tray [1] comes off easily.
Page 367 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 7. LU-302 7. LU-302 7.1 Centering adjustment of the LCT Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • When adjustment in [Service Mode] -> [Machine] -> [Printer Area] -> [Printer Image Centering Side 1] does not resolve a problem.
Page 368 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 7. LU-302 2. Remove the screw (M3 x 8 mm: V116 0308 03) [1] and remove the paper assist plate assy [2]. 3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the assist handle [2]. 4. Add one more paper assist plate (A03N 5604 ##) [1] to the original ones.
Page 369 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 8. PK-519 8. PK-519 8.1 Punch hole deviation correction Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • The punch holes are on a slanted line. Procedure 1. Set the mode to Punch mode for printing.
Page 370 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 9. PK-520 9. PK-520 9.1 Punch hole deviation correction Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • The punch holes are on a slanted line. Procedure 1. Make a 1sided copy sample in the punch mode. Face the printed surface upward.
Page 371 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 9. PK-520 9. Loosen two screws [1]. 10. Using the triangle marks [1] on the plate as a guide, move the punch unit [2] back and forth to adjust its position. G-21...
Page 372 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 10. FS-536SD saddle section 10. FS-536SD saddle section 10.1 Half-fold skew adjustment Purpose • This adjustment must be made in the following case: • Fold line goes off the tolerance in the half-fold mode. • When reinstalling the guide plate assy, perform mechanical adjustment.
Page 373 C360i/C300i/C250i G MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT > 10. FS-536SD saddle section In case the cease [1] skews as the right side: • In case the cease skews as the right side: Incline the guide plate assy backward. In case the cease [1] skews as the left side: •...
Page 374: Starting Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 1. Outline H UTILITY MODE 1. Outline NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.'' Starting procedure 1. Touch [Utility] on the Home screen.
Page 375 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 2. Accessibility 2. Accessibility Key name Function/Precondition Brightness Adjustment Key Repeat Start/Interval Time Default Enlarge Display Settings It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that “Key Counter IF vendor” or “Vendor 2” is mounted.
Page 376 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 3. Counter 3. Counter Key name Function/Precondition Copy Print Scan/Fax Other Eco Info [Power Consumption] and [CO2 Emission] will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [System 2] -> [Display Eco Index] -> [Power Savings Display Level] is set to “OFF.”...
Page 377: System Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 4. Utility 4. Utility 4.1 Information Key name Function/Precondition Device Information Change User Password • When conducting user authentication (MFP only), it will be displayed when the authentication is complete. • When conducting user authentication or account track input, it will be displayed when login is authenticated as user box administrator.
Page 378: Copier Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 4. Utility Key name Function/Precondition Blank Page Print Settings • It will be displayed when [Administrator] -> [Security] -> [Administrator Security Levels] is set to “Level 2.” • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] is set to “Vendor 2.”...
Page 379: Printer Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 4. Utility Key name Function/Precondition Default Copy Settings • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] shows that [Authentication Device2] is mounted, and user authentication is not conducted. • This menu is not available when the key counter is set or when WARNING appears to inform that the vendor’s main power switch needs to be checked...
Page 380: Store Address
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 4. Utility Key name Function/Precondition Binding Direction Adjustment Line Width Adjustment (600 dpi) - Line Width Adjustment (1200 dpi) Gray Background Text Correction Minimal Print OOXML Print Mode Gloss Mode Toner Save Print/Fax Output Print •...
Page 381: Scan/Fax Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 4. Utility Key name Function/Precondition IP Address Fax Setting will be available when [IP Address Fax Function Settings] in [Administrator] -> [Network] -> [Network Fax Setting] is set to “ON.” Internet Fax Setting will be available when [I-Fax Function Setting] in [Administrator] ->...
Page 382 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 4. Utility Key name Function/Precondition User Box Setting Default Tab Shortcut Key 1 When this setting is set to ON, select auxiliary functions to get their shortcut keys displayed on the screen. Shortcut Key 2...
Page 383: Language Selection
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 5. Language Selection 5. Language Selection Key name Function/Precondition Language Selection Display The language as a default depend on the marketing area set in [Marketing Area] available from [System 1] under Service Mode. Panel Keyboard Language Selection...
Page 384 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator 6. Administrator 6.1 Outline NOTE ▪ The Administrator Settings will be available by entering the administrator password (16 digits) set by the Administrator Settings or Service Mode. (The administrator password is initially set to “1234567812345678.”) ▪...
Page 385: Register Support Information
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Install License • By making settings in [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting], CE can also activate functions provided by i-Option. • When activating i-Option, MFP accesses to KM license server via WebDAV connection.
Page 386 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Document Delete Time Setting Document in MFP Shared Folder This is displayed when [Administrator] -> [Network] -> [SMB Setting] -> [SMB Server Settings] -> [Share Delete Time Setting SMB File Setting] is enabled.
Page 387 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator 6.3.12 Compact PDF Settings Key name Function/Precondition Compact PDF Settings 6.3.13 Outline PDF Setting Key name Function/Precondition Outline PDF Setting 6.3.14 PDF Web Optimization Default Settings Key name Function/Precondition Compact PDF Settings To use this function, i-Option LK-102 v3 or i-Option LK-110 v2 is required.
Page 388 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Management List It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] is set to “Vendor 2.” (It will be displayed when the Key Counter is mounted when [Service Mode] -> [System 2] ->...
Page 389 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Universal Print Settings Store Print Documents This setting is disabled when the following settings are made in [Service Mode] -> Settings [Network Settings] -> [2nd Network Setting] -> [Network Interface Settings].
Page 390 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Restrict User Access Registering and • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> Changing Addresses [Management Function Choice] shows that the “Vendor 2” is mounted.
Page 391: User Auth/Account Track
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition • When using the application where server authentication is carried out by web browser extensions, [Allow] is automatically selected. Export Debug Log • This is displayed when Switch No. “155” is set to “01” in HEX Assignment in [Service Mode] ->...
Page 392 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Update Billing Information Default Authentication Method • [ON (External Server)] cannot be selected when external servers are not registered in [Administrator] -> [User Auth/Account Track] -> [External Server Settings].
Page 393 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition • It will be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] shows [Authentication Device2] is mounted. Auth. Operation Setting when print Documents are Stored Login Allowed with Administrative Rights User Name List •...
Page 394 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Quick IP Setting will be available when [Administrator] -> [Network] -> [TCP/IP Setting] -> [Filtering Type] is set to Filtering “Quick IP Filtering.” Packet Filtering Setting will be available when [Administrator] -> [Network] -> [TCP/IP Setting] -> [Filtering Type] is set to “Packet Filtering.”...
Page 395 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition WebDAV Server Settings • If [Administrator] -> [Security] -> [Enhanced Security Mode] is set to “ON,” setting [SSL Setting] to “SSL Only” cancels enhanced security mode. • Press [Initial Password] under [Password Setting] to initialize the password.
Page 396 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition • To connect the device to this machine through bizhub Remote Access using Bluetooth LE, configure a setting to enable Bluetooth LE on this machine in advance. Network I/F Configuration (*1) For details of the functions, refer to "...
Page 397: Header/Footer Position
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Assign Account to Acquire Device Info 6.9 Store Address Key name Function/Precondition Address Book E-mail Address User Box • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] ->...
Page 398: Function Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Audio Recognition Setting (Only for Japan) External Phone Disconnection (Only for Japan) Answering Machine Connection Settings (Only for Japan) Line Monitor Sound Line Monitor Sound Volume (Send) Line Monitor Sound Volume...
Page 399: Report Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition Remote RX Settings (Only It will be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [FAX] -> [System] -> [Display Setting] -> [Remote Rx] is set to “ON.” for Japan) Incomplete TX Hold •...
Page 400: Header Information
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 6. Administrator Key name Function/Precondition PC-Fax TX Line Setting • It will be not displayed when [PC-Fax Permission Setting] is set to “Restrict” in [Administrator] -> [Fax Settings] -> [Function Setting]. • Line 2 to 4 will be displayed when [Administrator] -> [Fax Settings] -> [Multi Line Settings] -> [Fax Line 2 to 4] ->...
Page 401: Expert Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 7. Expert Adjustment 7. Expert Adjustment NOTE ▪ It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that the “Vendor 2” is mounted. (It will be displayed when the Key Counter is mounted or [Service Mode] -> [System 2] -> [Software Switch Setting] shows that switch No.33 is set to [00000001] at Bit assignment/[01] at HEX assignment.)
Page 402 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 7. Expert Adjustment Key name Function/Precondition PS Designer Settings H-29...
Page 403: Storage Management
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 8. Storage Management 8. Storage Management Function Name Function/Precondition Check Capacity Overwrite All Data + Format Overwrite All Data - Report Settings Storage Lock Password • Don't forget the lock password. • After setting a lock password, if you replace the MFP storage due to its breakage or other reasons and install a new MFP storage, an error message is displayed.
Page 404: Banner Printing
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 9. Banner Printing 9. Banner Printing Function Name Function/Precondition Allow Restrict H-31...
Page 405: Device Information
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 10. Device Information 10. Device Information Function Name Function/Precondition Function Version IPv4 Address IPv6 Address Serial Number Contact Telephone Number Auth. function list display QR Code Display Setting It will be displayed when [Administrator] -> [System Settings] -> [System Connection Setting] -> [Mobile Connection Settings] ->...
Page 406: Remote Panel
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 11. Remote Panel 11. Remote Panel Function Name Function/Precondition Remote Panel Operation It will be displayed when [Administrator] -> [Network] -> [Remote Panel Settings] -> [Remote Panel Client Settings] is set to “ON.” H-33...
Page 407: Card Authentication
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 12. Card Authentication 12. Card Authentication Function Name Function/Precondition IC Card type setting It will be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Authentication Device2] is set to “Card.” Operation Settings Authentication Card ID...
Page 408: Maintenance
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode 13.1 MAINTENANCE 13.1.1 License Settings Get Request Code • To display and print a request code and serial number used to activate i-Option. <Procedure> 1. Touch [Get Request Code], and [OK].
Page 409 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode • Types of data that can be exported: • Address Book, Authentication Data, Network Settings, User Setting, Administrator Setting, Custom Display Settings, Cloud Connection Setting, External Certificate, Accessibility <Procedure>...
Page 410: Enhanced Security Mode
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Authentication item How to release 5. When the timer reaches the time specified in this setting, the access lock is released. 13.3.2 Enhanced Security Mode • To set whether or not to enhance security.
Page 411 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Function Name Contents Default setting When Enhanced Security mode is set to “ON” Server load reduction Select the sending method to reduce the load of the E- When [Stop URL when max. limit is transmission method mail server (SMTP).
Page 412: Driver Password Encryption Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Function Name Contents Default setting When Enhanced Security mode is set to “ON” Hide Personal Specify whether or not to display the file name, Information (MIB) destination, and User Box name and number of the MIB information.
Page 413: Password Rules
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Setting item Contents Default setting User-Defined To set the encrypting passphrase. Enter an encryption word of 20 letters. ○ Use Factory default Uses the factory default encryption word (undisclosed predefined encryption key).
Page 414: User Authentication/Account Track
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Setting item Default setting ○ (Except for North America and Europe) Synchronize IP Address Synchronize Subnet Musk ○ (North America/Europe) No Filtering NOTE ▪ Quick IP Filtering activates automatically.
Page 415: Logoff Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode • To use the FeliCa card with NFC, select [FeliCa+NFC(HCE)], [SSFC+NFC(HCE)], [FCF +NFC(HCE)], [FCF(Campus)+NFC(HCE)], or [FeliCa(Proprietary Card)+NFC(HCE)]. When [SSFC +NFC(HCE)] is selected, detailed information such as the company code or company identification code is registered.
Page 416: Smtp Rx Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode SMTP RX Setting • To set SMTP RX when network fax function is being used. • To set SMTP RX port number and connecting time out period when network fax function is being used.
Page 417: Server Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Operating method Contents Accessing the machine • This method accesses this machine directly from another computer on the network, and operates the control directly panel of the machine using a Web browser.
Page 418: Wireless Network Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode 13.5.5 Wireless Network Setting • Configure settings to use this machine as a wireless LAN access point or wireless LAN adapter. • It will be displayed when optional wireless LAN devices are mounted.
Page 419 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode 13.6 Machine Update Settings 13.6.1 Internet ISW Settings • This is displayed when [Function Setting] is set to “ON” in [Service Mode] -> [Machine Update Setting] -> [Internet ISW] -> [Internet ISW Set].
Page 420: Authentication Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode Setting item Contents User Name Set the user name used to access the SMB server. Password Set the password used to access the SMB server. Number of Retries Set the number of times to retry when failed to obtain.
Page 421 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode (3) Log TX settings Update File Download/Update Log • Save the update file download log for auto update of the machine, and send it to the specified location. Setting item Default setting ○...
Page 422 C360i/C300i/C250i H UTILITY MODE > 13. Supplementary explanation of utility mode (6) Machine Update Password • To set a password used to decrypt the configuration file(s) of the machine. <Procedure> • Enter the decryption password using the on-screen keyboard. Setting item...
Page 423: Starting Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 1. Outline I SERVICE MODE 1. Outline NOTE ▪ Ensure appropriate security for Service Mode function setting procedures. They should NEVER be shown to any unauthorized person not involved with service jobs. Starting procedure 1. Touch [Utility] on the Home screen.
Page 424: Setup Wizard
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 2. SETUP WIZARD 2. SETUP WIZARD • Use of the Setup Wizard function allows those items that need to be set during the setup procedure to be extracted from the Service Mode and set. • This enables efficient selection and setting of Service Mode functions during the setup procedure.
Page 425 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 3. Time Zone/Date & Time Input mode 3. Time Zone/Date & Time Input mode • This mode is used to set time-of-day and date. • The set time zone/date & time are automatically reflected in the date and time setting of Administrator Settings.
Page 426 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 4. Search 4. Search • Searches parameters that include the entered keyword. • You can display the function screen from the search results. <Procedure> 1. Touch [Search] at the initial screen of Service Mode. 2. Enter the desired search keyword.
Page 427: Fusing Temperature
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine 5. Machine 5.1 Fusing Temperature • To adjust individually the temperature of the heating roller for each type of paper, thereby coping with varying fusing performance under changing environmental conditions. • When fusing performance is poor, or wax streak or offset occurs when the type of paper is changed or environmental conditions change.
Page 428 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine 5.4 Printer Area 5.4.1 Leading Edge Adjustment • To vary the print start position in the sub scan direction for each of different paper types. (to adjust the timing starting from the roller connection up to start of transfer output).
Page 429 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine • This adjustment is made when the image on the 2nd side of paper deviates from the original position in the sub scan direction. • This setting can be made independently for each paper type.
Page 430 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine 3. Select a paper type. 4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test pattern. 5. Check width A (equivalent to one grid) and width B (equivalent to 48 grids) on the test pattern.
Page 431 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine Measurement position Adjustment item Image Position: Leading Edge Scanner Image Side Edge Main Scan Zoom Adj. Sub Scan Zoom Adj. 5.5.2 Image Position: Leading Edge • To adjust variations in mounting accuracy and sensitivity of the scanner home sensor and in mounting accuracy of the original width scale by varying the scan start position in the sub scan direction.
Page 432 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine 5.5.4 Main Scan Zoom Adj. • To adjust the zoom ratio in the main scan direction for the scanner section. • The CCD board has been replaced. NOTE ▪ Width C on the color chart and one on the test pattern are measured and adjusted so that the difference of width C satisfies the the following target shown below.
Page 433: Color Registration Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine Tray 1 2-4th Step/LCT Manual Duplex Thick 1/1+ -11 to +7 -11 to +7 -11 to +8 -12 to +10 Thick 2/3/4 -11 to +7 -11 to +7 -11 to +8 -12 to +10...
Page 434: Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine Skew adjustment result on the panel • Skew adjustment result is provided in [Skew Adjust Value], which is selected as follows: [Service Mode] -> [State Confirmation] -> [Color Regist]. Skew Adjust Value...
Page 435: Non-Image Area Erase Check
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 5. Machine 5.12 Non-Image Area Erase Check • The non-image area erase function may not work properly under bright light source. Incoming light quantity is checked to verify that the non-image area erase function can work properly under the environment.
Page 436: Firmware Version
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 6. Firmware Version 6. Firmware Version • To check the firmware version. • Use when the firmware is upgraded. <Procedure> 1. Touch [Firmware Version]. 2. Touch the [↑] / [↓] key to check the firmware version.
Page 437: Imaging Process Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 7. Imaging Process Adjustment 7. Imaging Process Adjustment 7.1 Gradation Adjust • To make an automatic adjustment of gradation based on the test pattern produced and the readings taken by the scanner. • Color reproduction performance becomes poor.
Page 438: Paper Separation Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 7. Imaging Process Adjustment NOTE ▪ If a fault is detected, “0” is displayed for all values. In that case, after turning off the main power switch, turn it on again more than 10 seconds after and then make the gradation adjustment again.
Page 439: Monochrome Density Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 7. Imaging Process Adjustment • Priority on paper separation performance: Increase the setting value • Priority on image transfer performance: Decrease the setting value 3. Touch [END] to validate the setting value. 4. Check the print image for any image problem.
Page 440: Thick Paper Density Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 7. Imaging Process Adjustment NOTE ▪ Photoconductor memory may occur by taking measure to white spots occurred by increasing the 1st image transfer voltage to adjust it. ▪ Check the image on the test pattern or the color chart when adjusting.
Page 441 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 7. Imaging Process Adjustment • Light color: Touch the Darker key. • Dark color: Touch the Lighter key. 3. Touch [END] to validate the setting value. 7.12 Grad/Dev AC Bias V Selection • Changes the developing AC voltage, charging AC voltage and 1st. image transfer current settings.
Page 442 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote 8. CS Remote 8.1 Remote Care 8.1.1 Outline • CS Remote Care enables the machine and the computer at CS Remote Care center to exchange data through telephone/fax line, network or E-mail in order to control the machine.
Page 443 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote NOTE ▪ Heart Beat is a feature that uploads a Heart Beat file to the registered web server at a specified interval to report that the device is operating. Heart Beat files include total counter and status information.
Page 444: Checking The Transmission Log
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote 8.1.6 Checking the transmission log • The transmission log list will be output to be checked. <Procedure> 1. Touch [CS Remove Care] -> [Maintenance/Default Settings] -> [Detail Setting]. 2. Touch [Communication Log Print].
Page 445: Polling Interval
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Setting item Contents Error count data Service count data Life count data, Life cycle data CSRC-System data, Device config data History data EKC data Adjustment data Coverage data [10] Not used...
Page 446 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Initial Transmission • Touching the Initial Transmission key will sent the information to the CS Remote Care center to register the machine. (b) Date & Time Setting • To set the data and time-of-day.
Page 447 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote • To notify the Center, select the notification item to the Center. Setting item Contents No Notification Select it to disable the report to the center. Sales count data Error count data...
Page 448: Data Initialization
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting Connection Time-out To set the timeout period for transmission. 30 to 300 Sec 60 Sec ○ Authentication To set whether or not to authenticate during transmission via SMTP server.
Page 449 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote 8.1.9 Product Auth. Settings Product Authentication • To set whether or not to enable product authentication. NOTE ▪ When changing this setting under the condition where http is used for CS Remote Care communication, you need to perform RAM Clear and then initial transmission again.
Page 450: Software Sw Setting For Cs Remote Care
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote ▪ At the first time that the main power is turned ON (reboot) after importing the CSRC server information under [Service Mode] -> [Machine Update Settings] -> [Machine Auto Update Setting] -> [Machine Import Setting].
Page 451 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Functions Logic Description 1000 38.4 Kbps Other Not available Reservation Line for send only Disable Enable Dial Mode Pulse Tone 8.2.3 SW No. 02 Default Setting value Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Functions...
Page 452 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Functions Logic Description on the control panel shifts to the massage when the CSRC is not connected. 8.2.5 SW No. 04 Default Setting value Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Functions Functions Logic Description...
Page 453 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Functions Functions Logic Description Modem redial times 0000 0000 0 times 0000 0001 1 time 0000 1010 10 times 0110 0010 98 times 0110 0011 99 times Others Not available 8.2.8 SW No. 07...
Page 454 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Functions Functions Logic Description Retransmission times on E-mail/http delivery 0000 0000 0 times error 0000 0001 1 time 0000 1010 10 times 0110 0010 98 times 0110 0011 99 times Others Not available 8.2.11 SW No.
Page 455 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Functions Functions Logic Description Timer 2 0000 0000 0 sec Dial request completed -> CONNECT reception 0000 0001 1 sec 0100 0000 64 sec 1111 1110 254 sec 1111 1111 255 sec 8.2.14 SW No.
Page 456 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Functions Functions Logic Description Reservation Attention display To set whether to give the alarm display when using the modem but the power for the modem is OFF. 8.2.17 SW No. 21 Default...
Page 457 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote 8.2.19 SW No. 23 Default Setting value Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Functions Functions Logic Description Original-based misfeed frequent occurrence 0000 0001 threshold value 0000 0010 0000 0101 0000 1110 0000 1111 Others Not available 8.3 Remote Analysis...
Page 458: Server Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Server Settings • To make settings for the pre-check server. Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting To set the address of the server. Input IP Address • IPv4 format FQDN input •...
Page 459 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote • Communication history with destination WebDAV server NOTE ▪ In the following conditions, export of MFP setting data is prohibited. ▪ [Administrator] -> [Security] -> [USB Connection Permission setting] is set to [Restrict].
Page 460 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 8. CS Remote Error code Contents Solution • Content-Length or receive size exceeded the specified max. transfer size. Message body size was too large. 3006 http request result problem • Due to reset, process was stopped. Or message body size exceeded the specified max.
Page 461: Marketing Area
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 9. System 1 9. System 1 9.1 Marketing Area • To make the various settings (language, paper size, fixed zoom ratios, etc.) according to the applicable marketing area. • Upon setup. Marketing Area • Set the applicable marketing area.
Page 462: Tel/Fax Number
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 9. System 1 Setting item in Language Selection Language used in the service mode Hangul Hangul Other than the above English 9.2 Tel/Fax Number • To enter the tel/fax number of the service contact that will appear on the control panel when a malfunction occurs in the machine.
Page 463: Install Date
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 9. System 1 ADF Size Detection • To set whether or not to give a priority to the detection of 8K/16K size when DF is used. • Not available for Japan models. Setting item Default setting ○...
Page 464 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 9. System 1 System Error Clear • To reset the trouble data. • Use to clear the [Jam], [Trouble], [Error] displays, and other improper displays. • For details on items to be cleared, see “List of Contents to be cleared.”...
Page 465: Post Card Transfer Table
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 9. System 1 Setting item Setting value Contents Default setting Expansion Fun. (Storage) • * For corresponding troubles, see “TROUBLE CODE.” <Procedure> 1. Select the units or options to be set. 2. Specify [Set] or [Unset].
Page 466: Machine State Led Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 9. System 1 Operation Service Mode Target user Advantages Disadvantages mode Warm-up Choice of high humidity circumstance Want to prevent curling when humidity is high Mode 4 Want to prevent curling Decreases possibility curling...
Page 467 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 10. System 2 10.1 Storage Installed Setting • To set the installation status of the MFP storage. NOTE ▪ [Installed] is normally selected for the MFP. ▪ For putting the following order [System 1] -> [initialization] into practice, the set becomes [Not Installed], causing an error.
Page 468 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 • When "Service" is selected: Life warning. Setting item Setting value Default setting Japan Europe ○ ○ ○ Toner Cartridge User Service Drum Unit User ○ ○ ○ Service ○ ○...
Page 469: Software Switch Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 10.6 Software Switch Setting • To set the operating characteristic of each function from software switch depending on what types of printing are normally made. <Procedure> 1. Touch [Switch No.] and enter the intended switch number with the 10-key pad.
Page 470 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Details Default value (Bit/HEX) 00000000 Standard 00000000 / 00 00000010 PKI (NIPRNet) [Card3] choice is added in Service Mode. 00000100 PKI (SIPRNet) [Card3] choice is added in Service Mode.
Page 471 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Details Default value (Bit/HEX) 00000000 After setting a paper in the manual bypass tray, touch 00000001 / 01 [complete] key to start printing. 00000001 Start printing with the paper settings specified by the printer driver as the manual bypass tray paper settings without giving a warning.
Page 472 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 HEX 02 • Switching paper feed mode if the size of paper fed from the manual bypass tray is mismatched Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Details Default value (Bit/HEX) 00000000 Stop immediately...
Page 473 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 • This function supports the following languages. • Japanese, English, French, Italian, Germany, Spanish 10.6.17 SW No.155 • Validation/invalidation of the debug setting of the log. Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Details Default value (Bit/HEX) 00000000 Debug setting is disabled.
Page 474: Lct Paper Size Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 10.6.24 SW No.227 • Setting for the display of consumable level and warning. (Control panel, Web Connection, Fiery) Bit Assignment HEX Assignment Details Default value (Bit/HEX) 00000000 Display 10000000 / 80 (Japan/North America/...
Page 475: Line Mag Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 Setting item Default setting Type Paper size 12×18 11×17 ○ (North America) ×14 ×11 ×11S 10.10 Paper Reuse Box Setting • Not used 10.11 Line Mag Setting • To set whether to use the offset value which has been set prior to the shipping. To display the current magnification offset value.
Page 476 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 6. Using the “ls” command, display the list of the file available for capture. 7. Using the “binary” command, set the File transfer mode to the binary transfer. 8. Using the “get” command, transfer the data for capture to PC.
Page 477: Display Timing
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 ADF Scan Glass Contamin. Sensitivity • To set the detection level for the pre-detection of stain on the DF original glass (or the CIS glass). In the back side pre-detection, stains of not only the CIS glass but also the back side glass cleaning roller are detected.
Page 478: Image Stabilization Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 10.16 RX File Change Page Name • To set whether to change the document file name to forward TX or take out a file from the Memory RX Box. Setting value Default setting Change ○...
Page 479: Coverage Rate Screen
10.24 Import Config. Data 10.24.1 BootUp Screen • To customize the BootUp Screen displayed upon machine start-up. • Use this feature when changing the Konica Minolta logo displayed on the control panel upon start-up for client’s intended use of the machine. NOTE ▪...
Page 480: Install Data
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 NOTE ▪ If a USB memory is not connected or a nonconforming USB memory is connected, “USB NG” is displayed and logo data cannot be registered. ▪ If the file name of registrable image data does not conform to the above specifications, "File NG" message is displayed and the data cannot be registered.
Page 481 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 3. Touch [Install Data]. 4. Select the type of the data to be installed. • You can select multiple types of data at a time and install them. 5. Touch [Set].
Page 482: Driver Install
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 • If the trouble reset fails, retry is performed. (The number of retries is up to 2 times.) 10.30 Acquiring Settings • To count frequency of use by each function and collect machine configuration information.
Page 483: Maintenance Mode
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 <Create a new setting file> 1. Start up the Panel Customization Tool. 2. Set a name for your customization in [Name]. (1 to 24 characters consisting of one-byte alphanumerics and symbols. Comma cannot be used.)
Page 484 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 10. System 2 <Procedure of entering function codes manually> 1. Touch [Activation]. 2. Confirm that [Function Code] is selected, and the press the [Function Code]. 3. Enter the function code and touch [END]. 4. Confirm the instructions on-screen and touch [Apply].
Page 485 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 11. Counter 11. Counter 11.1 Outline • The counter displays the counts of various counters to allow the technical representative to check or set as necessary. <Common procedure> 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
Page 486: Service Call
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 11. Counter Counter item Counting method 2nd Feed Retry Count Count the frequency of paper feed retry of tray 2. 3rd Feed Retry Count Count the frequency of paper feed retry of tray 3.
Page 487 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 11. Counter Display item Total Service Total, Service Total(Duplex) Paper Size 1 SRA3, A3, A4, A4S, A5, A6, B4, B5, B5S, B6, Postcard, 12×18, 11×17, 8 ×14, 8 ×11, 8 ×11S, 7 ×10 ×8 4×6, Foolscap...
Page 488: Instantaneous Power Failure
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 11. Counter CSRC Parts name Parts No. Limit value Count condition FS-536/ FS-533 parameter FS-536SD ○ FNS Center Staple & A3ER9293 200,000 1 count for each sheet ejection in both Fold Stapler 1 staple and 2 staple mode.
Page 489 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 11. Counter 11.19 Recoverable error counter • To count the detected network error and an error that can be recovered with a function via the network by each root cause. • To reset the counter.
Page 490 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 12. List Output 12. List Output 12.1 Individual list print output • Output the selected list data on the paper. • You can select multiple lists. However, only items displayed on the same screen can be selected at a time.
Page 491: State Confirmation
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation 13. State Confirmation 13.1 Sensor Check • To display the states of the input ports of sensors and switches when the machine remains stationary. • Used for troubleshooting when a malfunction or a misfeed occurs.
Page 492 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Panel display Part/signal name Symbol Operation characteristics/panel display Paper empty LU paper empty sensor Paper not present Paper present Paper Near Empty 1 LU paper near empty sensor/1 Near empty Unblocked...
Page 493 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation 13.1.3 FS-533 • It will be displayed when FS-533 is mounted. Finisher 1 Panel display Part/signal name Symbol Operation characteristics/panel display Finisher 1 Paper passage Paper feed sensor PS101 Paper present Paper not present...
Page 494 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Panel display Part/signal name Symbol Operation characteristics/panel display RU Entrance RU entrance sensor Paper present Paper not present Stapler Position Home (Back) Stapler home position sensor/Rr PS23 At home Not at home...
Page 495: Level History
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Finisher 4 Panel display Part/signal name Symbol Operation characteristics/panel display Horizontal Transport Open RU cover open/close detection Open Closed sensor Passage RU entrance sensor Paper present Paper not present 13.2 Table Number Vdc-C/ Vg-C •...
Page 496: Ccd Check
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation 13.6 CCD Check • To display the D/A value of CCD clamp/gain for R, G, and B. • To display the D/A value of CIS clamp/gain. (Only when dual scan document feeder is mounted) •...
Page 497: Physical Format
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation 1. Touch [Memory Check] -> [Detail]. 2. Press the Start key to start the detail check procedure. 3. The progress of the check sequence is displayed in percentage. (calculated based on all checks) NOTE ▪...
Page 498: Logical Format
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation NOTE ▪ After termination of physical formatting, start the sequence of logical formatting. Logical format 1. Touch [Format] -> [Logical Format]. 2. Press the Start key to start the formatting sequence.
Page 499 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Check Multi code Symbol Load name Operation outline Note code Bypass tray lift-up plate elevator Drives the transport motor in the specified The motor stops motor /down direction. when the upper limit sensor or lower limit is detected.
Page 500 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Check Multi code Symbol Load name Operation outline Note code Tray 3 paper feed motor • The paper lifting minimum speed plate must not be at upper limit M121 Tray 4 paper feed motor high position.
Page 501 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Check Multi code Symbol Load name Operation outline Note code Polygon motor minimum speed Drives the PH/power supply cooling fan at the same timing. Transport motor high speed Drives the motor at the specified speed.
Page 502 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Check Multi code Symbol Load name Operation outline Note code Document reading motor speed • Drives the motor at the specified speed. Only when DF-632 or 2/normal rotation • Stop rotating when pressing the Stop key.
Page 503: Adjustment Data List
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation ▪ *3: The cleaning blades of the drum unit/Y,M,C, if driven with no toner deposited, may be curved to warp. ▪ *4: The pressure roller, if left to stand in the pressed position, may be deformed. The drive gear may be damaged if the fusing unit is removed with the pressure roller in the pressed position.
Page 504: Diagnosis Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation Check item A800 board Compress Decompression Check DSC Board Image Bus Check (Front Side) Image Bus Check (Back Side) FAX Board Check (*) Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4...
Page 505 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation NOTE ▪ It takes approx. 200 seconds for check if all items are OK. ▪ When the trouble code (C6###, C91##, CE301, CE304) is displayed, the self-diag. (Full) may not complete. In that case, finish the Self-diag.
Page 506 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation (4) Sys/Image mem check • To check each item of system memory and image memory. Diagnosis item Relevant electrical parts WORK0 (Main Memory ch.A) CPU board (CPUB) WORK0 (Main Memory ch.B) CPU board (CPUB) FILE0 (A800 Memory ch.A)
Page 507 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation (8) ADF Board Check • To check each item of the ADF board individually. Diagnosis item Relevant electrical parts MINET communication check DF control board cable, DF control board (DFCB), CPU board (CPUB), Base board (BASEB) <Procedure>...
Page 508 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 13. State Confirmation <Procedure (LAN-IF Ping Test)> 1. Touch he [LAN-IF Ping Test] key. 2. Select the input method according to the IP address of the destination. 3. [Input IPv4 Address] / [Input IPv6 Address] 4.
Page 509 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 14. Test Mode 14. Test Mode 14.1 Test Pattern • Output the test pattern to check the image on the printer side. • The machine searches through the paper sources in the order of tray 2, tray 3, tray 4, and tray 1 for paper of the maximum size for printing.
Page 510 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 14. Test Mode Setting item Setting value Output operation mode SINGLE Copies (1 to 999) MULTI Screen pattern setting FEET HYPER Gradation, Resolution, Error diffusion 1-Sided/2-sided print mode 1-Sided, 2-sided1 (print on both front and back sides), 2-sided2 (print on back side only)
Page 511 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 14. Test Mode Sample • SINGLE • HYPER • Gradation 14.1.6 8 Color Solid Pattern • To produce an 8-color solid pattern. • Used for checking color reproducibility and uneven density of each color. Setting item...
Page 512: V27 Ter/V29
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 14. Test Mode 14.3 Fax Test • It will be displayed only when the optional fax kit is mounted. • Specifiable for each line when there are multiple fax lines Signal Send Test • Image information signals, control signals and DTMF can be individually output.
Page 513 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 14. Test Mode Setting item Setting value Default setting ○ Special Tone 1100 Hz 1300 Hz 2100 Hz <Procedure> 1. Touch [Fax Line Test]. 2. Select the Line, and touch the [Signal Receive Test].
Page 514: Original Stop Position
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF 15. ADF 15.1 Original Stop Position • To manually adjust the original stop position and the read position in each of the DF modes. • When the result is Unable in the automatic adjustment of the original stop position.
Page 515: Registration Loop Adj
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF 4. Touch [Main Scanning (Front)]. 5. Enter the value from the 10-key pad. (Press the [+/-] key to change the +/- code.) • If the difference in the widths of A is greater than the target, enter the [+] value.
Page 516: Paper Passage
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF NOTE ▪ If the result is [Unable]: ▪ Check and correct the skew of the document. ▪ Manually correct the value of [Original Stop Position]. 15.4 Paper Passage • To check for paper passage through the DF in each of the DF modes.
Page 517: Auto Adjust
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF 3. Touch [Max. Width]. 4. Press the Start key. 5. OK is displayed when the adjustment has been completed. 6. Set the B6S paper on the original feed tray, and narrow the width across the edge guides by sliding them to the “B6S” position.
Page 518: Scanning Light Adjustment
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF 6. Make a copy of the chart again. 7. Check the difference in the width C between the chart and the discharged copy sample. 8. If width C is outside the target, change the setting again and make a check again.
Page 519: Skew Measurement
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF 4. Touch [Orig. Feed Zoom Ad]. 5. Enter the value using the [+] / [-] keys. • If the difference in the widths of D is greater than the target, enter the - value.
Page 520 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF Measurement item Contents DFSkew (Back) To display information for adjusting the skew on back side of the DF. It will be displayed only when dual scan document feeder unit is mounted. <Procedure>...
Page 521 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 15. ADF • The measurement results are displayed on the panel. 5. Touch [Adj.(Thick)]. 6. Place the adjustment sheet (thick) in the document feed tray. 7. Press the Start key. • The measurement results are displayed on the panel.
Page 522 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX 16. FAX 16.1 Outline • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [System 2] -> [Option Board Status] shows that FAX (circuit 1) is set to “Unset”. • To configure settings for fax line 1 when only the FAX (circuit 1) is “Set” in [Service Mode] -> [System 2] -> [Option Board Status].
Page 523: V34
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX 16.1.1 PBX operating environment Overview Fax source PBX (Private Branch Exchange) Public line Fax destination (external line) Fax destination (internal line) External fax communication Internal fax communication External fax communication flow ① ②...
Page 524 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting ○ Control CH Speed A bit speed of the control channel. 1200 bps The negotiation of 2400/1200 is performed in the V.34 start-up 2400 bps procedure.
Page 525 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX 16.3 Network Network Setting 1 Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting ○ Receive Signal To set whether to detect the receive signal by the number of times or by time. No. of Times Detection Mode Sets to “Time”...
Page 526: Display Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Setting item Contents Setting Default setting value Network Settings4 Network Settings5 ○ (JP) Intermittent Sound ○ (US/EU) • To make the following settings according to the setting value in Tone Det. Set.
Page 527: Scan Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting • This setting is “OFF” when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that key counter or vendor 2 is mounted. ○...
Page 528 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX 16.6 Communication Protocol Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting ○ V8/V34 Protocol To set whether or not to use the V.8/V.34 protocol. ○ V17 EP TONE Whether the EP tone (Echo Protect: 2100Hz) is added to the top of the training signal.
Page 529 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX PMC: Post Message Command TIMER2 Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting EOL-EOL To set the transmission time between EOLs. (*) 4.0 to 25.5 s 13.0 s (Step: 0.5 s) CFR-PIXWAIT Sets the waiting time from CFR is sent to the image signals are received.
Page 530 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX <Procedure> 1. Select [Address] and then, enter the address using [A] to [F] or keypad. A Cursor is movable if [<-] or [->] is pushed. 2. Next, select [Data] and enter a value using binary numbers with keypad.
Page 531 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data 1: Enabled 4 Resend from the first page at the time of error page Retransmitted from redial error page 0: Retransmitted from error page 1: Retransmitted from initial page...
Page 532 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data × 1 LG is used. × 0 LT is used. Setting of recording paper for 000B0008 7 Selection without A5S A4->B5 00000000 reception 0: A4->B5 1: B5->A4...
Page 533 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data 01: Reception only 10: Transmission only 5-0 - PC-FAX setting 000B002D 7-2 - 00000000 1-0 PC-FAX transmission line specification Not specified 00: Not specified 01: Line 1...
Page 534: Function Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data 0 Call acceptance rejected - Number display Disconnection line 0: Disconnected line 1: No response Recording paper priority 000B0069 7-2 - 00000000 selection 1-0 00: Automatic selection...
Page 535 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data No. of sequential error lines>ErrorContNormal, RTN is transmitted. No. of continuous error lines- 000E0008 7-0 No. of bad judgment sequential error lines (300 dpi) 00001001 No.
Page 536 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data Delay timer between CED-DIS 000E0011 7-0 CED - DIS delay timer (unit: 10 ms) 80 ms 00001000 T1 timer for calling 000E0012 7-0 T1 timer for transmission (unit: 1 sec.) 35 sec.
Page 537 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data 00011100: Korea 00011101: Hong Kong 00011110: Generic (OT) 00011111: Argentina 00100000: Brazil 00100001: Vietnam 00100010: Philippines 00100011: Russia Function when DIS signal is 000E004A 7-2 -...
Page 538: Report Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data Main body polling transmission 000E0056 7-0 Timer for waiting a transmission command (+FDT) from 8 sec. 00001000 command wait timer the main body during turnaround of polling transmission (unit: sec.)
Page 539 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data Report setting 2 00120002 7 The FAX CSRC communication log is printed on the 00000100 Activity Report 0: No 1: Yes 6-4 - 3 Automatic daily output of journal...
Page 540: Panel Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data F code report setting 0012000B 7-4 - 00001111 3 Relay request report output 0: No 1: Yes 2 Relay TX result report output 0: No...
Page 541 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data 0: ON 1: OFF 2-0 - Rotation setting HP 00130008 7-2 - 00000011 1 Letter 0: No 1: Yes 0 A4 0: No 1: Yes...
Page 542 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data DialIn additional No. (telephone) 0013005D - 7-0 ASCII 11 digits + NULL 0x00 00000000 [12] 00130068 Upper limit for signal 00130069 7-0 Upper limit for signal transmission level setting (-dBm)
Page 543 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Contents Setting Data For transmission 00130076 7-3 - 00000000 2 Restrict plural fax destination 0: OFF 1: ON 1 Destination check display function 0: OFF 1: ON 0 Screen display during transmission...
Page 544 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data 3-2 - 1-0 Cable EQL parameter 1.8 km selection 00: 1.8 km 01: 3.6 km 10: 7.2 km...
Page 545 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data ○ 7200 bps/V.17 3-0 - × Starting speed in 000E009A 000E01AA 000E02BA 000E03CA 33600 bps/V.34 00100000 international com ×...
Page 546 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data 000E00A6 000E01B6 000E02C6 000E03D6 00000001: 1 to 11111111: 00000000 000E00A7 000E01B7 000E02C7 000E03D7 10000000 [0] = HH, [1] = HL, [2] = LH,...
Page 547 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data 1st dial tone 000E00B6 000E01C6 000E02D6 000E03E6 7-0 1st dial tone waiting time or 3 sec. (JP/US)
Page 548 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data Busy tone OFF 000E00C4 000E01D4 000E02E4 000E03F4 7-0 Busy tone OFF time min. 400 ms (JP/US) 0x14 (JP/ time min.
Page 549 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data * Normal conforms to Ringer[2] through [5] as usual. * For DRPD, configure the margin time (min, max) from the standard time (*1).
Page 550 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data Custom 2nd ringer 000E00DD 000E01ED 000E02FD 000E040D 7-0 Custom 2nd ringer OFF time 0 ms 00000000 OFF time specified...
Page 551 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data 01011110 (EU) 20 pps pulse dial 000E00E6 000E01F6 000E0306 000E0416 7-0 20 pps pulse dial make time...
Page 552 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data 1st/2nd DT 000E00F3 000E0203 000E0313 000E0423 7-4 - 00000000 detection × At 2nd DT detection DP parameter...
Page 553 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data 00000000 (US/EU) No. of CAR signal 000E0101 000E0211 000E0321 000E0431 7-0 CAR (information receiving 1 time (JP)
Page 554 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data No. of caller / name display Inhibit (number display / (display of subscribers for trace-back system)) 0: Not inhibit...
Page 555 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data Single detection for V.17 or lower during V.21 setup 0: OFF 1: ON Ignore DIS for V.17 or lower...
Page 556 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data Training data fix operation During V.17 RX mode 0: During V.17 RX 1: During V.17/V.27ter/V.29 EQFZ operation...
Page 557 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data Reception coding 000F0004 000F0024 000F0044 000F0064 7-6 - 00011111 method ability × (JPEG) ○ JBIG ○ ○...
Page 558 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data Reception MSLT 000F000B 000F002B 000F004B 000F006B 7-0 T3.85 or 200*100 dpi (ms) 5 ms 00000101 ability 00000000: 0 ms to 00101000: 40 ms 000F000C 000F002C 000F004C 000F006C 7-0 T7.7 or 200*200 dpi (ms)
Page 559 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data ○ 600 dpi Transmission 00100004 00100024 00100044 00100064 7-6 - 00011111 coding method × (JPEG) instruction ○...
Page 560 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 16. FAX Items Address Data Default Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Contents Setting Data ○ V.34-216 Transmission 0010000B 0010002B 0010004B 0010006B 7-0 T3.85 or 200*100 dpi (ms) 5 ms 00000101 MSLT instruction...
Page 561: Half-Fold Position
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 17. Finisher 17. Finisher 17.1 FS-FN adjustment 17.1.1 Center Staple Position • Adjust the stapling position for each paper size when printing with the center staple function. • To adjust the center staple position by making the staple position match the folding position.
Page 562 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 17. Finisher NOTE ▪ The adjustment setting value used for each paper size is the value set with [ALL] plus the value set for each paper size. 8. Touch [Test Copy]. 9. Select the tray loading paper for the test copy.
Page 563 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 17. Finisher 3. If width B is out of the target, make the following adjustment. 4. Touch the paper type where punch horizontal position is adjusted. 5. Look at the copy and adjust the punch horizontal position with the [+] / [-] key.
Page 564: Punch Option Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 17. Finisher Mode Paper Alignment Plate Motor/F Main Tray Up/Down Motor Paper Alignment Plate Motor/R Side Stopper Guide Motor Paper Exit Belt Motor Exit Roller Retraction Motor Paper Discharge Control Motor Side Stapler Movement Motor...
Page 565: Job Separator
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 17. Finisher 17.3 Max. # of Folded Sheets Setting • Imposes restriction on the number of sheets to be folded in each of different folding modes. • To change the maximum number of sheets to be folded in each of different folding modes.
Page 566: Network Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 18. Network Settings 18. Network Settings 18.1 2nd Network Setting NOTE ▪ Before making settings, note the network environment of the customer and make the settings to suit the environment. 2nd network card settings • To be configured when an optional Upgrade Kit (wireless LAN) has been installed in this machine.
Page 567: Function Setting
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 18. Network Settings WebDAV Synchronize • To set whether to synchronize with [WebDAV Client Settings] in Administrator settings. • When [Synchronize] is set, operation is performed in accordance with the configuration of the [WebDAV Client Settings] within the Administrator settings.
Page 568: Learning Function
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 18. Network Settings Existence Notice Interval • To set the time interval used to send existence notice packets for existence notice from the MFP to the XMPP server. Setting range Default setting 1 to 3600 sec.
Page 569: Internet Isw
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting 19. Machine Update Setting 19.1 Internet ISW 19.1.1 Internet ISW Set • To use when upgrading the firmware by Internet ISW. • Each setting such as Server setting will be valid by setting this to “ON”.
Page 570 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting • The firmware is downloaded and updated successively. During the firmware download and update, MFP cannot be used. <Procedure> 1. Select [Download/Update]. 2. Touch [Start] to start downloading the firmware.
Page 571 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting A sample of C_UpdateList.ini Setting item Description Parameter list [1] [FirmWare] Firmware updating information Version, NumberOfFiles, FilePath [2] [LoadableDriver] Loadable driver updating information Version, NumberOfFiles, FilePath [3] [Config] Configuration files updating information...
Page 572: Create A Configuration File
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Create a configuration file 1. Select [Service Mode] -> [Machine Update Setting] -> [Machine Auto Update Setting] -> [Machine Export Setting]. 2. Insert a USB memory into the USB port.
Page 573: Common Settings
C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting NOTE ▪ It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Network Settings] -> [Remote Service Setting] -> [Function Settings] -> [Enable Settings] is set to “ON.” [Machine Auto Update setting] in “Administrator” is not applicable.
Page 574 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Setting item Description Setting Update Time Touch Clear to set the time to update the machine. Time 00 to 23 o’clock Minute 00 to 59 Minutes Polling Settings To set the polling period or day of the week and clock Set Interval.
Page 575 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Error code Cause of error Solution T10001 • The C_UpdateList. data has not been • Download the file again. properly downloaded • Check to see if the file on the server is correct.
Page 576 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Setting item Description Update File Download Access the program server periodically, and set whether or not to use the function to obtain the latest update file. Obtain Set the address of the file storage server.
Page 577 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Setting item Description Setting Default setting SMB Setting Host Name Set the host name for the SMB server. Alphanumeric characters and symbols (up to 253 characters) File Path Set the file path used for SMB server communication.
Page 578 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting The latest five logs can be checked. 19.2.7 Manually Update • This is displayed when [Auto Update] is set to [ON] in [Service Mode] -> [Machine Update Setting] -> [Machine Auto Update setting] ->...
Page 579 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Data to be exported Administrator Setting (*) Service Settings (Excluding the setting of Software switch and Engine FW DipSW) Cloud connection (*) Display Custom Settings (*) External Cert (which is retained) (*)
Page 580 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting Open Mode Settings • To set whether to display/hide [Firmware Rollback] when selecting [Administrator] -> [Network] -> [Machine Update Settings]. • Even an administrator can rewrite to the backed up firmware.
Page 581 C360i/C300i/C250i I SERVICE MODE > 19. Machine Update Setting 3. Enter the setting value of one recipient MFP against one row. And to set multiple MFPs, create setting value for each MFP while adding rows from top in order.
Page 582: Billing Setting
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS 1. BILLING SETTING 1.1 Outline Starting procedure 1. Call the initial screen of Service Mode. 2. Press the following keys in this order. • Stop -> 9 3.
Page 583 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 1.2.3 Banner Paper Counter Mode • When printing on the long paper (457.2 mm or over), the counting value will be the total of the value set by the total counter mode and the value by this setting.
Page 584: Management Function Choice
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Total Counter Large Size Counter Mode Banner Paper Paper size Banner Counter Double Counter Mode Count Mode Mode 4 Except for large size 1 count 1 count Large size...
Page 585: Color Mode
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Count Setting • To set the count timing used when the key counter is installed. Setting item Contents Default setting ○ Paper feed Counts when paper fed. Paper out Counts when paper exit.
Page 586 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Setting item Contents Type 1 Message for key counter Type 2 Message for card scanning Type 3 Message for ID management Type 4 Message for remote SW Confirmation copy •...
Page 587: Authentication Device
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Setting item Total Counter Paper size Count per 1 print cycle Large size 6 counts Mode 4 Mode 1 4 counts Mode 2 Except for large size 4 counts...
Page 588 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Information to be obtained from the administrator Items of FeliCa SSFC detail setting Sample-data (decimal number) Setting value (hexadecimal number) Room number 00 25 Floor number 00 0F Building number...
Page 589 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Card Reader Name Readable Card Type Card type to be reported to the IC Card Information Setting (card type authentication program (Default) to be reported) (*3-4) (*3-3,*3-5) KM USB Reader v2...
Page 590: Coverage Rate Clear
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Setting Item Vendor 2 Service Mode Software Switch Setting SW No. 63 will be set to [00000000] at Bit assignment/[00] at HEX assignment. [System] -> [Display Setting] -> [Re-Transmission] will be set to “OFF”.
Page 591: License Management
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 1.7 License Management 1.7.1 Activation • To activate i-Option functions. • The functions can be activated by selecting the desired function and enter the appropriate license code and function code. • Administrators also can carry out the procedure No.14 or later step to activate i-Option functions through Administrator Settings.
Page 592 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 7. Click [Next]. 8. Enter the token number written in the token certification, and select the product description. 9. Click [Add]. 10. Confirm the registered items, and click [Next].
Page 593 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 11. Click [Generate License Code]. 12. LMS issues license code and function code. 13. Write down the serial number, license code and function code. <When activating with an USB memory>...
Page 594 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 17. Follow the massage appearing on the screen and turn OFF and ON the main power switch. <When activating with an USB memory> This step is unnecessary. Proceed to the next step.
Page 595 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 6. Enter the serial number of the target MFP, and click [Retrieve]. NOTE ▪ Make sure to enter alphabet letters of the serial number in all capital letters. 7. Select the token to be deactivated, and click [Registration].
Page 596 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 10. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management]. 11. Select [Deactivation] -> [Function Code] or [Deactivation Code], and enter the function code and the deactivation code confirmed at Step9.
Page 597 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Serial Number 0123456789012 Deactivation 01234-56789-01234-56789-01234-56789-01234 Complete Code Restart 14. Touch [Restart]. <When deactivating with an USB memory> This step is unnecessary. Proceed to the next step. 15. Access to the LMS and login again.
Page 598 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING <Procedure> 1. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management]. 2. Select [Repair] -> [Repair Request Code]. Repair Request Code Repair Code Repair 3. Write down or print out the serial number, repair request code and request code.
Page 599 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Serial Number 0123456789012 Repair 01234-56789-01234-56789-01234-56789-01234 Request Code Request Code 01234-56789-01234-56789-01234-56789 4. Access the following URL using the PC connected to the Internet. • https://lms.konicaminolta.com/license/KM/support.aspx 5. Click [CE Login]. 6. Enter [E-Mail Address] and [Password], and click [Login].
Page 600 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 9. LMS issues repair permission code. 10. Write down the serial number and repair permission code. 11. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management]. 12. Select [Repair] -> [Repair Code], and enter the repair code confirmed at step10.
Page 601 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING Repair Repair/Request Request Code Repair Repair Code 13. Touch [Apply]. Repair Repair/Request Request Code Repair Repair Code 12345-67890-12345-67890-12345-67890-12345 14. After repair is completed, the machine restarts automatically. 1.7.4 Initialize • To initialize license management information.
Page 602: Region Code
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 6. After completing the initialization, follow the message appearing on the screen and turn OFF and ON the main power switch. 1.7.5 Request Code • To display and print request code and serial number.
Page 603 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 1. BILLING bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTING 1.10 Print Counter Clear • It will be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [System 2] -> [Software Switch Setting] shows that switch No.206 is set to [00000001] at Bit assignment/[01] at HEX assignment.
Page 604: Enhanced Security
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY 2. ENHANCED SECURITY 2.1 Outline Starting procedure 1. Call the initial screen of Service Mode. 2. Press the following keys in this order. • Stop -> 0 -> Clear 3. Call the Enhanced Security screen.
Page 605 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Administrator settings function Level 1 Level 2 ○ Scanner Area Scanner Adjustment: Leading Edge ○ Scanner Adjustment: Centering ○ Horizontal Adjustment ○ Vertical Adjustment ○ ADF Adjustment Centering ○...
Page 606: Administrator Unlocking
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY <Procedure> 1. Main power switch is turned OFF and ON. 2. [Utility] -> [Counter] -> [Print List] 3. Touch [Display Keypad], displaying 10-key pad. 4. The lock release timer starts to operate by input the Stop -> 0 -> 9 -> 3 -> 1 -> 7.
Page 607 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Switch No. Function Not used Not used Choice of FS-533 tray home position switching/FS-536 main tray position lowering Not used Not used Not used Choice of main scan direction white line correction...
Page 608 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Switch No. 3 Contents Default ○ Disables New Release Disable mode. Enables New Release Disable mode. <Procedure> 1. Open the front door. 2. Call the [Service Mode] -> [Enhanced Security] to the screen.
Page 609 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Switch No. 8 Contents Default ○ 2nd image transfer output table 2 (low 2nd image transfer output) 2nd image transfer output table 1 (low 2nd image transfer output) <Procedure>...
Page 610 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Switch No. 24 Contents Default ○ The fusing heater is turned OFF immediately after printing a job sent from PC. The temperature control continues until the next sleep request is sent from the controller.
Page 611 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Toner cartridge K Switch No. 34 Contents Default ○ Resets the toner K remaining amount. (17) Choice of improving fusibility strength • Choice to raise fusing temperature to secure fusibility for the image erasing problem with eraser test Switch No.
Page 612 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Switch No. 49 Contents Default ○ Intelligent Yield Control (26) Replacement timing Intelligent Control of Drum unit • To set an optimal timing for part replacement depending on the usage of each user.
Page 613 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY • Setting data for MFP (User Settings, Administrator Settings, part of each settings in Service Mode) • User authentication, Account track settings information • One-touch Registration Address Information • Images saved in the box (User box (Public, Personal, Group, and Encrypted PDF box)) •...
Page 614 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting Function Setting To set whether to back up data to a server. • When [ON] is selected, configure settings required for backup.
Page 615 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY <Backup settings> • Set the backup setting. NOTE ▪ This function cannot be enabled when WebDAV Settings, Encryption Password or Data hold period have not been set. Setting item...
Page 616 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Setting item Contents Default setting • When Edit Restore path is selected, enter WebDAV setting and Encryption Password. <Restore result> • To display the final date of restore. Setting when selecting restore from the server 2 <Restore setting>...
Page 617 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 2. ENHANCED bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SECURITY Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting 501 or more to 1000 or less 1001 or more to 5000 or less 5001 or more 2.16 TPM Setting • This is displayed only when the optional i-Option LK-115 v2 is enabled.
Page 618: Debug Settings
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS 3. DEBUG SETTINGS 3.1 Outline • To configure the settings on log information acquisition performed to analyze the MFP controller's internal operation. NOTE ▪ Before the procedure, set the switch No. 155 to [00000001] at Bit assignment/[01] at HEX assignment in [Service Mode] ->...
Page 619 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS Setting item Contents Setting value Network Packet If network packet information is necessary, select "ON." OFF/ON Acquisition function Select the functions to be covered when obtaining debug logs. Select All, Copy, Printer, User Box, Net/ This item will not be displayed when [Network Packet] is set to ”ON.”...
Page 620 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS Setting item Contents Setting value Default setting Host Name Set the host name of the WebDAV server. Alphanumeric characters and symbols up to 253 characters File Path Set the file path used in the WebDAV server communication.
Page 621 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS Log Save Destination • Configures the server for storing files used for [Remote Log Retrieval]. • Touch [Copy Setting] after settings parameters are selected to copy the settings to the destination as configured from [Command Set Acquisition Pt.].
Page 622 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS 2. Touch [Rear stop] key at the back of the operation panel. 3. Start the screen operations. 4. When the operations are completed, touch [Rear stop] key again. 5. A "Capture" folder is automatically created in the USB memory and a file in the PNG format is saved in the folder.
Page 623: Intended Purpose
J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS NOTE ▪ The USB password set here must be same as the password set in the USB memory in advance preparation procedure. 11. Call [Debug Settings] -> [Debug Log Output] to the screen.
Page 624 J BILLING SETTING/ENHANCED SECURITY/DEBUG SETTINGS > 3. DEBUG bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i SETTINGS ▪ Be sure to set the encryption password. Failure to set the encryption password may hamper correct analysis of the log. 9. Try to reproduce the problem/malfunction on MFP.
Page 625: Other Data
C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 1. Overview K FIRMWARE 1. Overview Rewriting of Firmware • Methods for rewriting the firmware are shown below. NOTE ▪ The settings in the "Utility" mode and the "Service Mode" will not be changed, when the firmware is rewritten.
Page 626: Usb Memory
C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 2. USB memory 2. USB memory 2.1 Preparation System preparation • PC with USB ports • USB memory • USB flash memory compatible with the USB (1.1/2.0/3.0) interface. The speed is limited to USB2.0 specifications even if using a device that supports USB3.0.
Page 627 C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 2. USB memory 2. Connect the USB memory containing the firmware into the USB port on the right side of the control panel. 3. Remove the cover [1] at the back of the operation panel.
Page 628: Updating The Firmware
C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 2. USB memory 3. Touch [OK]. Updating the firmware 1. Select the target firmware data to be updated in the Firmware Update selection screen. If multiple pages is displayed in the selection screen, check all of the pages.
Page 629 C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 3. Internet ISW 3. Internet ISW 3.1 Service environment • To use the “Internet ISW”, the MFP must be connected to such a network environment that the firmware can be downloaded on the Internet using the ftp or http protocol.
Page 630 C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 3. Internet ISW Update instruction • The firmware update instruction by Internet ISW can be issued from the control panel, CS Remote Care, and Web Connection. NOTE ▪ When IP address of MFP is assigned by DHCP, the firmware rewriting will be failed by using [Download/Update] button. Use [Download] button in such case.
Page 631 C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 4. Auto Update setting 4. Auto Update setting 4.1 Service environment • To use the “Auto Update setting”, the MFP must be connected to such a network environment that the firmware data can be downloaded on the network using the SMB or http protocol.
Page 632 C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 5. How to install the i-Option data 5. How to install the i-Option data 5.1 Available function for i-Option i-Option Functions Data location How to install data when formatting the MFP storage LK-102 v3 PDF processing In the Standard firmware [Service Mode] ->...
Page 633 C360i/C300i/C250i K FIRMWARE > 6. Creating back up files when updating firmware 6. Creating back up files when updating firmware • By enabling backup, the old firmware data is backed up to the storage of the main body when the firmware is updated.
Page 634: L Troubleshooting
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE L TROUBLESHOOTING 1. JAM CODE 1.1 JAM display Display procedure • When the paper jam occurred, the message, the jam clear procedure, the position jam occurred (number lights up), position of the remaining paper (number lights up), and the JAM code are displayed.
Page 635: Initial Check Items
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE ▪ A trouble code (C-02XX) will be displayed if the tray lift-up failure cannot be cleared even when action has been taken by following the Guidance. Resetting procedures 1. Open the corresponding door, clear the sheet of paper misfeed, and close the door.
Page 636 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.3 List of the JAM code JAM code JAM type 10-01 Misfeed at manual bypass paper feed section 10-02 10-40 11-01 Misfeed at tray 1 paper feed section 11-02 11-05 11-40 12-01 Misfeed at tray 2 paper feed section...
Page 637 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE JAM code JAM type 72-25 Misfeed at SD paper exit section (When FS-536SD is installed) 72-26 Misfeed at SD paper exit section (When FS-536SD is installed) 72-43 Misfeed at PK JAM (When FS-533+PK-519, FS-536+PK-520, or FS-536SD+PK-520 is installed)
Page 638 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE JAM type JAM detection timing Ref. page Paper jam of a sheet of paper left at the transfer LCT transport section results, if a sheet of paper is determined to exist at a position detected when the main power switch is turned ON, a door is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
Page 639 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE • Registration clutch (CL4) • Bypass tray paper feed clutch (CL7) • Bypass tray lift-up solenoid (SD1) • Bypass tray pick-up roller solenoid (SD6) • Registration sensor (PS1) • Base board (BASEB)
Page 640 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component • Multi code: 1, 4, 5 Replace BASEB. 1.5.3 12-01, 12-05, 12-40 Contents JAM type Misfeed at tray 2 paper feed section JAM code 12-01, 12-05, 12-40...
Page 641 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Relevant parts • Tray 3 paper feed motor (M111) • Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M112) • Tray 3 paper feed sensor (PS112) • Tray 3 vertical transport sensor (PS113) • PC control board (PCCB)
Page 642 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Paper jam of a sheet of paper left at the external LCT paper feed section results, if the LU paper feed sensor (PS3) is turned ON when the main power switch is turned ON, a door is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
Page 643 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.6 2#-## 1.6.1 20-01, 20-02 Contents JAM type Misfeed at vertical transport section JAM code 20-01, 20-02 JAM detection timing 20-01 The registration sensor (PS1) is not turned ON (unblocked) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the leading edge of the paper has turned ON the tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS19).
Page 644 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items PS113 I/O check, sensor check PCCB CN4-14 (ON) PC-116/PC-216 5-C PS19 I/O check, sensor check BASEB CN23E-8 (ON) 15-K CL2 load check...
Page 645 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.7 3#-## 1.7.1 30-03 Contents JAM type Misfeed at 2nd transfer section JAM code 30-03 JAM detection timing 30-03 The fusing loop sensor (PS2) is not turned ON (unblocked) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the leading edge of the paper has turned ON (unblocked) the registration sensor (PS1).
Page 646 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Procedure Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items PS2 I/O check, sensor check EXCB CN13EX-6 (ON) PS3 I/O check, sensor check BASEB CN22E-3 (ON) 11-C PS40 I/O check, sensor check...
Page 647 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE JAM code 66-02 JAM detection timing 66-02 <When DF-632 or DF-714 The after separate sensor (PS2) is not turned ON (blocked) even after is installed> the lapse of a given period of time after the document feed motor (M2) has turned ON.
Page 648 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 66-33 <When DF-632 is The document reading sensor (PS4) is not turned ON even after the installed> lapse of a given period of time after the document registration sensor (PS3) has turned ON (unblocked).
Page 649 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE JAM code 66-04, 66-14, 66-24, 66-34 JAM detection timing 66-04 <When DF-632 is The document exit sensor (PS5) is not turned ON (blocked) even after installed> the lapse of a given period of time after the document reading sensor (PS4) has turned ON.
Page 650 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE <When DF-714 is The document reading sensor (PS6) is turned ON earlier than a given installed> time after PS6 is turned OFF during original transportation. 66-15 <When DF-632 is The document reading sensor (PS4) does not turn OFF even after the installed>...
Page 651 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE • DF control board (DFCB) Procedure When DF-632 is installed Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items Make the adjustment of original stop position. Make the adjusting the pressure of the separation roller.
Page 652 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Procedure Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items PS5 I/O check, sensor check FSCB J5-2 (ON) FS-536/FS-536SD 16-K PS16 I/O check, sensor check FSCB J9<B>-4 (ON) FS-536/FS-536SD 11-C Replace FSCB.
Page 653 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items PS2 I/O check, sensor check FSCB J6-7 (ON) FS-536/FS-536SD 12-K PS4 I/O check, sensor check FSCB J4<B>-9 (ON) FS-536/FS-536SD 15-C Replace FSCB.
Page 654 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.9.6 72-19 Contents JAM type Misfeed at FS transport section JAM code 72-19 JAM detection timing 72-19 <When FS-536 or The main tray exit sensor (PS16) is not turned OFF even after the FS-536SD is installed>...
Page 655 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Procedure Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items PS8 I/O check, sensor check FSCB J9<B>-8 (ON) FS-536/FS-536SD 11-C Replace FSCB. 1.9.9 72-23 Contents JAM type Misfeed at FS transport section...
Page 656 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE • Punch motor sensor (PS202) • PK control board (PKCB) • FS control board (FSCB) <When FS-536+PK-520 or FS-536SD • Punch drive motor (M1) +PK-520 is installed> • Puncher home sensor (PS2) •...
Page 657 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE • FS control board (FSCB) Procedure When FS-533 is installed Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items PS110 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN110 FS-533 8-D to E Replace the stapler unit.
Page 658 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE JAM code 72-86 JAM detection timing 72-86 <When FS-536SD is The SD entrance sensor (PS1) is not turned OFF (unblocked) even installed> after the lapse of a given period of time after the leading edge of the paper has turned ON (blocked) PS1.
Page 659 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE JAM detection timing 75-43 <When FS-536 or The RU entrance sensor (PS2) is not turned OFF (unlocked) even after FS-536SD is installed> the lapse of a given period of time after PS2 is turned ON (blocked).
Page 660 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE • ADU transport motor (M5) • ADU transport clutch (CL6) • ADU paper passage sensor/1 (PS40) • ADU paper passage sensor/2 (PS41) • Expansion control board (EXCB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure...
Page 661 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Relevant parts Procedure Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items Open and close the front door of the main body. 1.10.6 99-04 Contents JAM type Controller JAM (a job reservation in the main body is not released)
Page 662: Sensor Layout
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Procedure Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component Initial check items Open and close the front door of the main body. 1.10.10 99-08 Contents JAM type Controller JAM (finisher not starting a job)
Page 663 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE Paper exit sensor (PS3) ADU paper passage sensor/1 (PS40) Fusing loop sensor (PS2) ADU paper passage sensor/2 (PS41) Registration sensor (PS1) Tray 1 paper feed sensor (PS23) Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS19) Tray 2 paper feed sensor (PS20) 1.11.2 DF-632...
Page 664 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.11.4 PC-116/PC-216 Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS19): Main body Tray 3 vertical transport sensor (PS113) Tray 3 paper feed sensor (PS112) Tray 4 vertical transport sensor (PS123) Tray 4 paper feed sensor (PS122)
Page 665 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.11.5 PC-416 Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS19): Main body Vertical transport sensor (PS133) Paper feed sensor (PS132) 1.11.6 LU-302 Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS19): Main body LU paper feed sensor (PS3) L-32...
Page 666 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE 1.11.7 FS-533/PK-519 Paper surface detect sensor/1 (PS102) Paper feed sensor (PS101) Paper feed sensor (PS201) Punch motor sensor (PS202) Stapler home sensor (PS110) 1.11.8 FS-536/FS-536SD/PK-520 [2] [3] [11] [10] Main tray exit sensor (PS16)
Page 667: Malfunction Code
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE 2. MALFUNCTION CODE 2.1 Display procedure • The machine's CPU performs a self-diagnostics function that, on detecting a malfunction, gives the corresponding malfunction code and maintenance call mark on the control panel. • Touching the maintenance call mark will display the corresponding malfunction code on the state confirm screen.
Page 668 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE Malfunction code Malfunction detection timing It is detected that the CCD clamp gain adjustment value is faulty. Relevant parts • LED exposure unit • CCD unit • Scanner drive board (SCDB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1.
Page 669 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE 2.6 D-3 Contents Malfunction type Split line detect (back side) (When DF-714 is installed) Malfunction code Malfunction detection timing • While recovering from the power save mode or when the main power switch and power key are ON, it detects whether or not stain exist at the back side original scanning section (CIS) when the DF is closed.
Page 670 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE • Developing unit/Y,M,C,K • IDC sensor/Fr (IDCS/Fr) • IDC sensor/Rr (IDCS/Rr) • Base board (BASEB) • High voltage unit (HV) • Transfer belt unit Procedure 1. Check the setting value in [Max Image Density Adj] of [Service Mode] -> [Imaging Process Adjustment] and, if it is negative, readjust.
Page 671 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE 2.11 P-22 Contents Malfunction type Color regist adjust failure Malfunction code P-22 Malfunction detection timing • The gap between maximum and minimum value of deviations among each color (the values before averaging) is over the predetermined value.
Page 672 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE Malfunction detection timing An error of the atmospheric pressure sensor (ATMPRS) is detected. Relevant parts • Atmospheric pressure sensor (ATMPRS) • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Check the connector between ATMPRS-BASEB CN27E for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 673 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.1 Overview of trouble code • The machine’s CPU performs a self-diagnostics function that, on detecting a malfunction, gives the corresponding trouble code on the control panel. 3.2 Overview of troubleshooting procedure •...
Page 674: Troubleshooting Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Troubleshooting flow Detect trouble code Self-diag. (Full) Target trouble code Execute Self-diag. (Full) Diagnosis result Troubleshooting against each error code Troubleshooting against each trouble code 3.2.1 Troubleshooting procedure 1. Display the trouble code.
Page 675 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch. 2. Remove the key cover [1] on the rear side of the control panel, and turn main power switch ON while pressing the Reset key [2].
Page 676 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Tray 1 • Tray 2 • Tray 3 • Tray 4 • LCT • Manual • Center Stapling/Half-Fold/Tri-Fold • Punch • Staple • Scanner • ADF • Expansion Fun. (Storage) • If a problem occurs with the units where the trouble isolation function can be applied, the control panel displays a trouble code and a key with which you decide whether to continue using the MFP.
Page 677 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.5 List of the trouble code Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) C0002 Paper feed communication error C0106 Tray 3/transfer LCT paper feed motor turning at abnormal timing (When PC-116, PC-216, or PC-416 is installed)
Page 678 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) C2153 Transfer belt spacing fault at K pressure switching C2154 Transfer belt contact fault at all pressure switching C2155 Transfer belt contact fault after K pressure established...
Page 679 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) C3926 Fusing sensor wire breaks detection (Center of the heating roller) C392B Fusing sensor wire breaks detection (difference of temperature) C40A2 Mechanical controller PF communication data error...
Page 680 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) C6FDD Scanner sequence trouble DD Target C7106 Paper exit/reverse motor failure C7107 ADU transport motor failure C7111 Tray 1 lift-up motor failure C7112 Tray 2 lift-up motor failure...
Page 681 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) C9403 CIS LED lighting failure (When DF-714 is installed) Target C9404 CIS LED lighting abnormally (When DF-714 is installed) Target C9701 Front side reading device cable break detection...
Page 682 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) CB185 Receiving data size logic error (Receiving data are not multiples of Target dotline) CB186 Unable to secure domain for receiving image Target CB187 Receiving image conversion error...
Page 683 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) CD030 Storage management information reading error Target CD041 Storage command execution error Target CD042 Target CD043 Target CD044 Target CD045 Target CD046 Target CD047 Storage SCSI library error...
Page 684 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble Code Contents Rank Self-diag. (Full) CDF51 ASIC image version failure (back side) (When DF-714 is installed) Target CDF70 ASIC image access failure Target CDF71 ASIC image access failure (back side) (When DF-714 is installed)
Page 685 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • The control circuit detects motor turning while the motor remains stationary. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts <When PC-116 or PC-216 is installed> • Tray 3 paper feed motor (M111) • PC control board (PCCB) <When PC-416 is installed>...
Page 686 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.6.4 C0108 Contents Trouble type C0108: Tray 4 paper feed motor turning at abnormal timing (When PC-216 is installed) Rank Trouble detection condition • The control circuit detects motor failure to turn while the motor is turning.
Page 687 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Replace BASEB. 3.6.7 C0204 Contents Trouble type C0204: Tray 2 feeder up/down abnormality Rank Trouble detection condition The tray 2 upper limit sensor (PS22) is not turned ON (blocked) even after the set period of time has elapsed after the paper lift-up operation for the drawer began.
Page 688 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble isolation Tray 4 Relevant electrical parts • Tray 4 lift-up motor (M123) • Tray 4 upper limit sensor (PS126) • PC control board (PCCB) • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB)
Page 689 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition • The bypass tray lift-up position sensor (PS26) is not turned OFF (unblock) even after the transport motor (M1) rotates for a given period of time after the position is switched from stand by position at lift-up plate to the feed position.
Page 690 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.6.13 C0216 Contents Trouble type C0216: External LCT up/down abnormality (When LU-302 is installed) Rank Trouble detection condition The LU upper limit sensor (PS2) is not turned ON (blocked) even after the set period of time has elapsed after the paper lift-up operation for the drawer began.
Page 691 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 2. Rewrite the firmware. Replace SDCB. Replace FSCB. 3.7.3 C1102 Contents Trouble type C1102: Main tray up/down motor drive malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-533 is installed> • While the exit tray is being lifted, the paper exit tray home sensor (PS107) is not turned OFF (unblocked) after the set period of time has elapsed after the tray lift up motor (M109) is turned ON.
Page 692 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.7.4 C1103 Contents Trouble type C1103: Alignment motor/Fr drive malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-533 is installed> • The alignment plate/Fr home sensor (PS108) is not turned OFF (unblocked) after the set period of time has elapsed after the plate drive starts from the home position.
Page 693 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts <When FS-536 or FS-536SD is • Bundle eject motor (M10) installed> • Gripper home position sensor (PS18) • Gripper position detection sensor (PS19) • FS control board (FSCB) Procedure 1.
Page 694 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.7.7 C1109 Contents Trouble type C1109: Stapler motor drive malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-533 is installed> The stapler home sensor (PS110) is not turned ON (blocked) even after the set period of time has elapsed after the stapler motor turned ON.
Page 695 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.7.9 C1113 Contents Trouble type C1113: Stopper drive motor malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-536SD is installed> The stopper home sensor (PS6) is not turned OFF (unblocked) or ON (blocked) even after the set period of time has elapsed after the stopper drive motor (M4) is turned ON.
Page 696 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 2. Check the connector of M9 for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary. 3. Check the connector between PS8-relay CN26-SDCB J7 for proper connection and correct as necessary. 4. PS8 I/O check, sensor check •...
Page 697 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.7.13 C1140 Contents Trouble type C1140: Alignment motor/Rr drive malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-533 is installed> • The alignment plate home sensor/Rr (PS109) is not turned OFF (unblocked) after the set period of time has elapsed after the plate drive starts from the home position.
Page 698 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Replace FSCB. 3.7.15 C1144 Contents Trouble type C1144: Pre-eject drive motor drive malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-536 or FS-536SD is • The pre-eject home sensor (PS21) is not turned OFF (unblocked) or ON installed>...
Page 699 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • SD control board (SDCB) • FS control board (FSCB) Procedure 1. Check the connector between M7-SDCB J8 for proper connection and correct as necessary. 2. Check the connector of M7 for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
Page 700 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.7.20 C1195 Contents Trouble type C1195: Paper discharge control motor malfunction Rank Trouble detection condition <When FS-536SD is installed> The curl cover detection sensor (PS2) is not turned OFF (unblocked) or ON (blocked) even after the set period of time has elapsed after the paper discharge control motor (M2) is turned ON.
Page 701 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3. Check the connector between PS11-SDCB J8 for proper connection and correct as necessary. 4. PS11 I/O check, sensor check • Control signal: SDCB J8-10 (ON) • Location of electrical component: FS-536/FS-536SD 3-P 5.
Page 702 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Relevant electrical parts <When FS-536 or FS-536SD is • FNS entry transport motor (M2) installed> • Exchange folded paper output sensor (PS30) • FS control board (FSCB) Procedure 1. Check the connector between M2-FSCB J9 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 703 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Multi code: 1, 2, 102, 103, 106, 107 • Control signal: EXCB CN14EX-9 (REM) • Location of electrical component: 6-P 9. M3 load check • Check code: 45 • Multi code: 1, 4, 5, 6 •...
Page 704 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.8.4 C2255, C2256 Contents Trouble type • C2255: Developing motor failure to turn • C2256: Developing motor turning at abnormal timing Rank Trouble detection condition • C2255: The control circuit detects motor failure to turn while the motor is turning.
Page 705 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3. Check the connector between the developing unit/M-relay CN250-relay CN248-EXCB CN6EX for proper connection and correct as necessary. (C2412) 4. Check the connector between the developing unit/Y-relay CN249-relay CN248-EXCB CN6EX for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 706 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Relevant electrical parts • Developing unit/C,M,Y,K • Toner cartridge/C,M,Y,K • Expansion control board (EXCB) • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Reinstall the developing unit. 2. Reinstall the toner cartridge.
Page 707 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Toner cartridge motor/YM (M10) • Toner cartridge motor/CK (M25) • Toner supply motor/Y (M9) • Toner supply motor/M (M8) • Toner supply motor/C (M7) • Expansion control board (EXCB) • CPU board (CPUB) •...
Page 708 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Relevant electrical parts • Developing unit/C,M,Y,K • Expansion control board (EXCB) • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Reinstall the developing unit. 2. Check the connector between the developing unit/C-relay CN251-relay CN248-EXCB CN6EX for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 709 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Clean the connection between the drum unit and the main body if dirty. 2. Reinstall the drum unit. 3. Check the connector between the drum unit/C-relay CN47-relay CN149-EXCB CN4EX for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 710 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Check the connector between M11-relay CN112-EXCB CN14EX for proper connection and correct as necessary. 2. Check the connector between the fusing unit-relay CN95, CN96-BASEB CN4E for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 711 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.9.4 C3425 Contents Trouble type C3425: Fusing warm-up trouble Rank Trouble detection condition • Detected temperature of the heating roller temperature sensor (TEMS) does not go up a given range of temperature even after a lapse of given period of time at warm up.
Page 712 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Check the fusing unit for correct installation (whether it is secured in position). 2. Check the open/close operation of the right door. 3. Check the connector between the fusing unit-relay CN95-BASEB CN4E for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 713 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition The difference between the temperature corrected by the heating roller thermistor/Edg (TH1) and the temperature detected by the heating roller thermistor/Ctr (TH2) exceeds a predetermined value. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts •...
Page 714 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition • SOS signal is not detected even after the lapse of a given period of time after starting the laser output. • SOS signal is not detected for a given period of time during printing or IDC sensor adjustment.
Page 715 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Rank Trouble detection condition The fan lock signal remains Low for a predetermined continuous period of time while the fan is turning. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) •...
Page 716 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Control signal: BASEB CN17-3 (LOCK), BASEB CN17-4 (PWM) • Location of electrical component: 24-D to E Replace FM3. Replace CPUB. 7. BASEB F1 conduction check Replace BASEB. 3.11.6 C5372 Contents Trouble type...
Page 717 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Reboot the machine. 2. Check the connector between EXCB CN1EX-BASEB CN11E for proper connection and correct as necessary. 3. Check the connector between EXCB CN2EX-BASEB CN12E for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 718 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition Inconsistency in the configuration with the installed DF is detected on the main body. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • DF control board (DFCB) • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1.
Page 719 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.12.4 C6104, C6105 Contents Trouble type • C6104: Back side cleaning home sensor abnormality (initial) (When DF-714 is installed) • C6105: Back side cleaning home sensor abnormality (normal) (When DF-714 is installed) Rank Trouble detection condition C6104: •...
Page 720 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Replace CPUB. Replace BASEB. 3.12.7 C6752 Contents Trouble type C6752: ASIC clock input error (front side) Rank Trouble detection condition When starting the machine, verification on reading and writing the predetermined value for image processing ASIC on CCD board (CCDB) was conducted, and verification failure was detected.
Page 721 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • CCD unit • Scanner drive board (SCDB) • DC power supply (DCPU) • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Correct the harness connection between CCDB CN1-SCDB CN5 if faulty.
Page 722 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.13 C7### 3.13.1 C7106 Contents Trouble type C7106: Paper exit/reverse motor failure Rank Trouble detection condition After starting the motor, an error is detected for the malfunction detection signal. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts •...
Page 723 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3. M13 conduction check. • Control signal: BASEB CN25E-10 (REM) • Location of electrical component: 18-K Replace M13. Replace BASEB. 3.13.5 C7131 Contents Trouble type C7131: Toner supply motor/C failure Rank Trouble detection condition After starting the motor, an error is detected for the malfunction detection signal.
Page 724 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Expansion control board (EXCB) Procedure 1. Check the connector between M10-EXCB CN11EX for proper connection and correct as necessary. 2. Check the connector of M10 for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
Page 725 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Rank Trouble detection condition After starting the motor, an error is detected for the malfunction detection signal. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • Fusing pressure motor (M11) • Expansion control board (EXCB) Procedure 1.
Page 726 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.13.16 C7205 Contents Trouble type C7205: Tray 2 vertical transport clutch failure Rank Trouble detection condition After starting the clutch, an error is detected for the malfunction detection signal. Trouble isolation Tray 3, Tray 4, LCT Relevant electrical parts •...
Page 727 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Control signal: BASEB CN15E-2 (ON) • Location of electrical component: 3-C Replace CL4. Replace BASEB. 3.13.20 C720B Contents Trouble type C720B: 1st transfer pressure clutch failure Rank Trouble detection condition After starting the clutch, an error is detected for the malfunction detection signal.
Page 728 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Check the connector between SD6-relay CN191-relay CN13-BASEB CN26E for proper connection and correct as necessary. 2. Check the connector of SD6 for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary. 3. SD6 conduction check.
Page 729 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • Transfer belt cleaner cooling fan (FM2) • Expansion control board (EXCB) Procedure 1. Check the connector between FM2-relay CN115-EXCB CN10EX for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 730 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition The tray 1 upper limit sensor (PS25) does not change even after the lapse of a predetermined period of time after tray 1 is opened and closed, after C0202 (Tray 1 feeder up/down abnormality) is detected.
Page 731 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Replace BASEB. 3.13.35 C7604 Contents Trouble type C7604: Power line A4 error Rank Trouble detection condition The fuse detection unit detected an error for a predetermined time. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • Fusing motor (M3) •...
Page 732 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • Control signal: BASEB CN27EA-2 (ON) • Location of electrical component: 13-K Replace CL2. Replace CL3. Replace CL4. Replace CL7. Replace CL10. Replace BASEB. 3.13.38 C760A Contents Trouble type C760A: Power line A10 error Rank Trouble detection condition The fuse detection unit detected an error for a predetermined time.
Page 733 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. BASEB F14E conduction check 2. BASEB F15E conduction check 3. Check the connector between SCDB CN1-BASEB CN7E for proper connection and correct as necessary. 4. Check the connector between DFCB J21-relay CN2DF-BASEB CN9E for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 734 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. BASEB F11E, F12E, F13E, F14E, F15E, F17E conduction check 2. Check the connector between DCPU CN4, CN7-BASEB CN14E for proper connection and correct as necessary. 3. Check the connector between BASEB CN11E-EXCB CN1EX for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 735 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 5. M4 load check • Check code: 60 • Multi code: 81, 82 • Control signal: DFCB J18-4 to 5 • Location of electrical component: DF-714 1-G Replace M4. 7. DFCB F8 conduction check Replace DFCB.
Page 736 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 2. Check the fan for possible overload and correct as necessary. 3. FM1 load check • Check code: 60 • Multi code: 113 • Control signal: DFCB J16-3 (ON) • Location of electrical component: DF-714 7-G Replace FM1.
Page 737 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition • C9403: At the CIS gain adjustment, the machine detected that the output of the CIS LED is lower than the specified value. • C9404: After a scan job is completed, the machine detected that the average output of the CIS LED is greater than the specified value.
Page 738 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.16 CA### 3.16.1 CA051, CA052, CA053 Contents Trouble type • CA051: Standard controller configuration failure • CA052: Controller hardware error • CA053: Controller start failure Rank Trouble detection condition • CA051: The controller of the CPU board (CPUB) is faulty.
Page 739 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3. Check CPUB for proper installation and correct as necessary. Replace CPUB. Replace BASEB. 3.17.4 CC155 Contents Trouble type CC155: Finisher ROM error (When FS-533, FS-536, FS-536SD, or JS-506 is installed) Rank Trouble detection condition Data of flash ROM of the finishing options is determined to be faulty when the main power switch is turned ON.
Page 740 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch. 2. Rewrite the firmware.
Page 741 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Rank Trouble detection condition When the power is turned ON, DF control board or firmware error is detected. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts DF control board (DFCB) Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 742 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • An error occurred in API of the authentication module. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
Page 743 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 4. Reset the authentication settings. (card type, IC card advanced settings, and etc.) 5. Re-register the user authentication information. 3.17.18 CC214 Contents Trouble type CC214: User information deletion error Rank Trouble detection condition The deletion of the user information is uncompleted.
Page 744 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.17.22 CCC00 Contents Trouble type CCC00: Public user account track information error Rank Trouble detection condition At the first time of startup, the nonvolatile status is reset incompletely due to any trouble (such as a shut off of the main power).
Page 745 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Check STRGB for proper installation and correct as necessary. 2. Check CPUB for proper installation and correct as necessary. 3. Select [Service Mode] -> [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] -> [Format] and perform the function.
Page 746 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Rank Trouble detection condition The error occurred inside the storage. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts Storage board (STRGB) Procedure 1. Check the storage specifications. 2. Select [Service Mode] -> [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] -> [Format] and perform the function.
Page 747 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Rank Trouble detection condition • CD211: Hardware related to the transfer of memory image of the CPU board (CPUB) fails to respond. • CD212: Hardware related to the BTC compression function of the CPU board (CPUB) fails to respond.
Page 748 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.18.16 CD262 Contents Trouble type CD262: Extension network adapter installation error Rank Trouble detection condition • When the 2nd network card settings is set to “Set” but the upgrade kit (UK-221) is not installed.
Page 749 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition A fault occurs in the TPM key data. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts Procedure 1. Touch [Recover Data] displayed at the lower right portion on the trouble screen. 2. A screen confirming whether to recover data appears.
Page 750 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.18.23 CD392 Contents Trouble type CD392: Nonvolatile data save error (EEPROM) Rank Trouble detection condition The backup board (ERB) is replaced with a new one. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts Backup board (ERB) Procedure 1.
Page 751 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Wait until “Recover Data” appears. (MFP will reboot maximum 2 times by itself, it may take 5 minutes.) Touch the “Recover Data” button and follow the instructions that appear on the control panel to restore (backup) data.
Page 752 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 3.18.30 CD704 Contents Trouble type CD704: Finisher Flash ROM device error (When FS-533, FS-536, FS-536SD, or JS-506 is installed) Rank Trouble detection condition An erase error or other device fault occurs during the finisher flash ROM writing.
Page 753 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Check the connector between CIS J221-BASEB CN5 for proper connection and correct as necessary. 2. Check CPUB for proper installation and correct as necessary. 3. Rewrite the firmware. Replace CIS.
Page 754 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Reboot the machine. (MFP will reboot maximum 2 times by itself.) Replace STRGB. 3.19.5 CE101 Contents Trouble type CE101: Browser finish detected Rank Trouble detection condition • The browser is automatically recovered (restarted) after the main body detected that the browser (separate process) has stopped with fault.
Page 755 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 4. Update the firmware. Perform the self-diagnostic function. Replace CPUB. Replace BASEB. 3.19.9 CE301, CE302, CE303, CE304, CE305 Contents Trouble type • CE301: Referring incorrect memory • CE302: Incorrect command • CE303: Finished due to error inside Qt library •...
Page 756 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • CEEE3: Base board is faulty. Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts • CPU board (CPUB) • Base board (BASEB) Procedure 1. Check the connectors on BASEB for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Page 757 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 4. Execute [Service Mode] -> [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] -> [Memory Check] -> [Rough Check], and check that no abnormalities. When "NG" is displayed, replace the appropriate memory or PWB. • WORK0: CPU board (CPUB) LPDDR4 main memory ChA •...
Page 758 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Trouble detection condition - Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts Memory board (MEMB: UK-115) Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 759 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE 2. Check CPUB for proper installation and correct as necessary. 3. Rewrite the firmware. 4. Execute [Service Mode] -> [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] -> [Memory Check] -> [Rough Check], and check that no abnormalities.
Page 760 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Rank Trouble detection condition - Trouble isolation Relevant electrical parts Memory board (MEMB: UK-115) Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 761 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • WORK1: CPU board (CPUB) LPDDR4 main memory ChB • FILE0: Memory board (MEMB: UK-115) A800 image memory ChA • FILE1: Memory board (MEMB: UK-115) A800 image memory ChB Replace MEMB. Replace CPUB.
Page 762 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch. 2. Check the connectors of EFIRYB for proper connection and correct or replace as necessary.
Page 763 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • WORK0: CPU board (CPUB) LPDDR4 main memory ChA • WORK1: CPU board (CPUB) LPDDR4 main memory ChB Replace EFIRYB. Replace CPUB. 3.20.24 CFE8# Contents Trouble type CFE8#: Abort code Rank Trouble detection condition -...
Page 764 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch. 2. Check the connectors of EFIRYB for proper connection and correct or replace as necessary.
Page 765 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE • WORK0: CPU board (CPUB) LPDDR4 main memory ChA • WORK1: CPU board (CPUB) LPDDR4 main memory ChB Replace EFIRYB. Replace CPUB. 3.20.31 CFF5# Contents Trouble type CFF5#: Abort code Rank Trouble detection condition -...
Page 766 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE Procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch. 2. Check the connectors of EFIRYB for proper connection and correct or replace as necessary.
Page 767 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 4.1 Overview of Self-diag. (Full) function • If a trouble code occurs or the machine cannot operate normally due to defects of the control system hardware parts, by executing the "Self-diag.
Page 768: Error Code List
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 4.3 Error Code List Error code Target device Diagnosis item Reason of error Relevant electrical parts E1-1 NVMeSSD Device recognition Engagement failure Storage board (STRGB) Mounting failure CPU board (CPUB) E1-2...
Page 769 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) Error code Target device Diagnosis item Reason of error Relevant electrical parts CPU board (CPUB) Base board (BASEB) E7-2 Line RAM comparison CIS sensor failure CIS module (CIS) E8-1 DF control board...
Page 770 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 4.6 E1-3 Contents Error code E1-3 Target device NVMeSSD Diagnosis item S.M.A.R.T diag. Reason of error STRGB error (data failure) Relevant electrical parts Storage board (STRGB) Corrective action procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 771 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) Reason of error microSD error (data failure) Relevant electrical parts microSD Corrective action procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 772 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 3. Correct the mounting of CPUB if faulty. 4. Correct the mounting of BASEB or the connection of connectors if faulty. Replace TPMB. Replace CPUB. Replace BASEB. 4.15 E3-2, E3-3 Contents...
Page 773 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) Target device Various USB devices Diagnosis item IRIS0 Reason of error Connection failure Parts defect Relevant electrical parts CPU board (CPUB) Corrective action procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 774 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) Target device Various USB devices Diagnosis item DAC-IC Reason of error Connection failure Parts defect Relevant electrical parts USB hub board (USBHB) Corrective action procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 775 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) Corrective action procedure 1. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power cord. Connect the power cord after 15 sec. or more, and turn ON the main power switch.
Page 776 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 4.28 E8-1 Contents Error code E8-1 Target device DF control board Diagnosis item MINET communication check Reason of error ADF microcomputer communication failure Relevant electrical parts Connection cable DF control board (DFCB)
Page 777 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. TROUBLESHOOTING USING SELF-DIAG. (FULL) 2. Correct the mounting of CPUB if faulty. Replace CPUB. 4.32 E12-1, E12-2, E12-3, E12-4 Contents Error code E12-1, E12-2, E12-3, E12-4 Target device PCIe Diagnosis item E12-1 PCIe device check IRIS(0)
Page 778 L TROUBLESHOOTING > 5. TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN NG IS DISPLAYED ON bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i THE SELF-DIAG. (INDIVIDUAL) 5. TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN NG IS DISPLAYED ON THE SELF-DIAG. (INDIVIDUAL) 5.1 I2S check 5.1.1 Troubleshooting when NG is displayed for AUDIO (voice) 1. Turn OFF the main power switch, disconnect power cord from the outlet.
Page 779: Error Code List For The Internet Isw
• Check the status of [Service Mode] -> [Machine Update Setting] -> [Internet ISW] -> [Forwarding Access Setting]. • If the above process does not solve the problem, inform the corresponding error code to the KONICA MINOLTA. 0x00000010 Parameter error •...
Page 780 -> It failed to lock the job because the • If the above process does not solve the problem, inform the operation is already locked with PSWC, corresponding error code to the KONICA MINOLTA. etc. 0x10000104 There is no space for firmware data to be downloaded.
Page 781: Troubleshooting For Cs Remote Care
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE 7.1 Troubleshooting for CS Remote Care If communication is not done properly, check the condition by following the procedures shown below. 1. Shift the screen in the order of [Service Mode] -> [CS Remote] -> [Remote Care].
Page 782 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE Error code Contents Solution 000E Receiving ring buffer full If the same error is detected several times, turn the • When receiving ring buffer is full modem power OFF and ON.
Page 783 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE Error code Contents Solution 1061 Modifying not allowed Ask the host to send another instruction mail for • The host sent a command mail that asked modifying data of item modifying.
Page 784 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE Error code Contents Solution • MIO response timed out. 41FB Control error Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON. • As the file descriptor of the e-mail that MFP receives from MIO is invalid, MFP cannot receive the e-mail.
Page 785 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE Error code Contents Solution 1082 Subject Type problem Ask the host to send another instruction file for • Received code did not define the Type of Subject. modifying. 1084...
Page 786 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE (5) 4### Error code Contents Solution 4103 After the main power switch is switched ON, HTTP communication is Wait for a while and try transmitting again. attempted under the condition where HTTP communication is not ready.
Page 787 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. CS Remote Analysis ERROR CODE 8. CS Remote Analysis ERROR CODE 8.1 When connecting by SOAP NOTE ▪ When a code other than the ones listed below is displayed, contact KM and inform the error code.
Page 788 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. CS Remote Analysis ERROR CODE 8.1.3 3### Error code Contents Solution 3001 to 3053 SOAP request result problem (MFP side error) Contact KM and inform the error code 3054 to 30FE SOAP request result problem (Server side error) Contact KM and inform the error code 8.1.4 4###...
Page 789 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. CS Remote Analysis ERROR CODE Error code Contents Solution • Session ID inconsistent 8.2.4 3### Error code Contents Solution 3002 http request result problem Check the http server system settings. • Unopened client ID was specified •...
Page 790 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE 9.1 The error in the transmission/reception system • The error in the Txx/Rxx system may be caused under the effect of line noise, etc. even in usual operating condition.
Page 791 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error code Category Contents of error How to correct B129 Timeout of suspension process (modem control) 9.5 B13# Error code Category Contents of error How to correct B130 Fax board I/F error with main body (fax soft error) •...
Page 792 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error code Category Contents of error How to correct B171 Program control error (instance • Use the latest FW. acquisition error) • Disconnect and then connect the connector of the base board.
Page 793 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Mixed Unable to detect the DIS 1. Change the lowest reception sensitivity to -43 dBm.
Page 794 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Example: The remote (since the remote station may be disconnected first without station is disconnected...
Page 795 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) remote station, the MCF 3. Increase the number of times for resending the post...
Page 796 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) station, or the set telephone number is mismatched with the actual fax number.
Page 797 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE 9.19 T7# Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Sendin Fax soft error 1. Dissolve the high load issues. 2. Turn OFF V.34 if it is limited to V.34 communication.
Page 798 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) 1. The telephone line is 2. Check if the port of the telephone line is exclusively used not connected.
Page 799 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Details can be checked with the record which is made by the monitor speaker or telephone line.
Page 800 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) 3. If the error occurs on the specific destination, ask it to pay attention not to send fax with mixed-size original or incorrect resolution.
Page 801 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE 9.23 R1# Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Recepti Protocol error (received 1. Change the lowest reception sensitivity to -43 dBm.
Page 802 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) 3. Set the reception beginning speed to V.29-9600bps. [Modem/NCU] -> [V17 Send Max Speed] ->...
Page 803 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE 9.25 R3# Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Polling DIS is received after Turn OFF the DTS function. [Function Parameter]: 000E0052 bit0: switching to Polling TX.
Page 804 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) Communication error 1. Check the connection of the fax board USB cable and between fax board and the power cord.
Page 805 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) 2. Turn OFF V.34. [Communication] -> [Protocol] -> V8/ V34 Protocol Detected HDLC frame 1.
Page 806 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. FAX TROUBLE CODE Error Catego Contents of error How to correct Installation position code (Service Mode -> [FAX] -> [Line #]) 3. Contact the fax machine, and ask it to send again with the correct box number.
Page 807: Diagnostic Codes
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 10. DIAGNOSTIC CODES 10. DIAGNOSTIC CODES 10.1 Outline • The diagnostic code is a 22-digit hexadecimal code indicating a communication conditions and status. • The diagnostic code is printed on the activity report. • The purpose of the diagnostic code is to obtain detailed information of communication results and conditions so as to analyze communication troubles.
Page 808: Network Fax Error Code
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 11. NETWORK FAX ERROR CODE 11. NETWORK FAX ERROR CODE • When there occurs any trouble with this machine, the error screen is displayed. And on this error screen, the following error message is shown. Take a necessary step referring to the table given below.
Page 809 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 11. NETWORK FAX ERROR CODE Error code Category Contents of error Corrective action Decode In excess of the number of pages Ask the sender to send it again after the number of text sheets specified for reception being reduced.
Page 810 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 12. Open API RELATED TROUBLE 12. Open API RELATED TROUBLE 12.1 Outline • Through the Certification Management System provided by OpenAPI, if error is found in communication between the machine and interacting applications developed by company other than KM, an error message is displayed.
Page 811 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 12. Open API RELATED TROUBLE Symptom and message Action 3. In [Service Mode] -> [System1] -> [Marketing Area], change the marketing area of the machine to the one that was selected when the application was registered.
Page 812: Function
L TROUBLESHOOTING > 13. PANEL BLACKOUT TROUBLE (BOOT DIAGNOSIS bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i FUNCTION) 13. PANEL BLACKOUT TROUBLE (BOOT DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION) 13.1 Boot diagnosis function • The boot diagnosis is performed when the start screen on the touch panel of the machine freezes or blacks out for some faulty condition.
Page 813 L TROUBLESHOOTING > 13. PANEL BLACKOUT TROUBLE (BOOT DIAGNOSIS bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i FUNCTION) 3. The boot diagnosis is performed automatically. 4. After the boot diagnosis is completed, the machine stops in any of the state described in the Boot diagnosis result list.
Page 814 L TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY THE TROUBLE bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i CODE 14. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY THE TROUBLE CODE 14.1 Machine is not energized at all (DCPU operation check) Contents Trouble type Machine is not energized at all...
Page 815 L TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY THE TROUBLE bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i CODE Procedure Step Check item Location of electrical Result Action component Is DC24 V being output from CN1DF-1 on Malfunction in DF-714/DF-632. Is DC24 V being output to CN5-5,6 on DCPU?
Page 816 L TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY THE TROUBLE bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i CODE Step Check item Location of electrical Result Action component Malfunction in finisher. L-183...
Page 817: Other Trouble
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 15. OTHER TROUBLE 15. OTHER TROUBLE 15.1 Firmware error warning • Warning message: A firmware error occurred. • While the enhanced security mode is enabled, if MFP is restarted by turning the main power switch OFF and ON or other operations, self- testing is performed internally.
Page 818 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 16. TROUBLESHOOTING OF i-Option 16. TROUBLESHOOTING OF i-Option 16.1 Structure of license management • The functions available with i-Option can be activated by entering “License code” to the main body. • License code is issued and controlled by License Management System (LMS).
Page 819: Image Quality Problem
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM 17.1 How to read element data • As part of troubleshooting procedures, the numeric values set for “State Confirmation” available from “Service Mode” can be used to isolate the cause of the image problem.
Page 820 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Vdc-C • Shows the developing bias value of each color of toner during print image formation. Vdc-M • Standard values: around 300 to 500 (100 to 800) Vdc-Y • The specific numeric values vary with different developing units. (The values incorporate corrections to Vdc-K match the proper density after image stabilization.)
Page 821 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM 17.1.2 Level History 1 TCR-C • Shows the T/C ratio. (in 0.01 % increments) TCR-M • Standard value: 5.5 to 8.5 % (Y, C), 5.0 to 8.0 % (M), 4 to 7 % (K) TCR-Y •...
Page 822 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM ATVC -2nd • ATVC-K: 8 μA to 24 μA • ATVC-2nd: 300 V to 5,000 V • Relevant components: Transfer belt unit, High voltage unit (HV), 2nd transfer roller 17.2 Troubleshooting procedure overview 17.2.1 Test pattern printing...
Page 823 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Faulty spot responsible for an image trouble of the Faulty spot responsible for an image trouble of the four- single-to-three-color system color system 17.3 Corrective action procedure 17.3.1 Skewed image/Image deviation (1) Typical faulty images The arrow in the exemplary image troubles indicates the paper feeding direction.
Page 824: Paper Transport Section
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Symptom Skewed image / Image deviation Isolation of the cause area Scan PC print* * In case of image deviation at the time What is the printing mode in which the problem occurred?
Page 825 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Contents Check the set position of original, and correct it if needed. When using a thick original (like a book), check whether the user strongly presses the document cover/ADF. *The scanner section may not move smoothly due to the excessive pressure, and which may cause image deviation.
Page 826: Initial Troubleshooting Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Color line Color band Initial troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Paper Setting The paper to be used for printing does not match the Make the paper setting again on paper type and size of paper setting selected on the the machine.
Page 827 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM 4-color troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Paper path There is dirty or foreign matter on paper path. Check or clean the paper path including the duplex section. Transfer belt unit Lines that can be removed by cleaning are evident on •...
Page 828 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Service Mode -> Read Select [Service Mode] -> [ADF] -> [Read Pos Adj] -> Go to the next step. Pos Adj [Auto Adjust] and the image trouble is eliminated.
Page 829 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item for the faulty color Result Action for the faulty color • Grid voltage: Vg-C, Vg-M, Vg-Y, Vg-K: close to the standard value of 400 to 600 (300 to 1000) Write section Sharp white line or colored line is blurry.
Page 830 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action When DF is being used: Select [Service Mode] -> [ADF] -> [Auto Stop Position Go to the next step. 1st side: End face of Adjustment] -> [Main Scanning (Front)] and the image original is reproduced as trouble is eliminated.
Page 831 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item for the faulty color Result Action for the faulty color 1st transfer section Dirt, scratches, or foreign matter on the 1st transfer • Clean. roller. • Replace the transfer belt unit.
Page 832 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Image check • Select [Service Mode] -> [Test Mode] -> [Halftone Go to the 1-color troubleshooting Pattern]. procedure. Select "SINGLE", "HYPER", "Error diffusion", "1- Go to the 4-color troubleshooting Sided", "CMYK", and "Full Bleed", enter "64"...
Page 833 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Initial troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Malfunction code The maintenance call mark is displayed on the panel. Perform the relevant troubleshooting procedure corresponding to the malfunction code. Paper Setting...
Page 834: Troubleshooting Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item for the faulty color Result Action for the faulty color Service Mode -> Max Select [Service Mode] -> [Imaging Process Adjustment] - Go to the next step.
Page 835 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Paper Setting The paper to be used for printing does not match the Make the paper setting again on paper type and size of paper setting selected on the the machine.
Page 836 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action • Check the image after printing and the abnormal image is evident. Write section Dirt or foreign matter on the dust-proof glass of the PH.
Page 837 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action • Check the image after printing and the abnormal image is evident. Engine troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Connector connection Faulty connector connection the PH unit and expansion Reconnect the connector.
Page 838 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Service Mode -> Select [Service Mode] -> [Imaging Process Adjustment] - Go to the next step. Stabilizer > [Stabilizer] -> [Stabilization Only] and the image trouble is eliminated.
Page 839 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Service Mode -> Initialize Select [Service Mode] -> [Imaging Process Adjustment] - Readjust. + Image Stabilization > [Stabilizer] -> [Initialize + Image Stabilization] and •...
Page 840 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Service Mode -> 2nd Select [Service Mode] -> [Imaging Process Adjustment] - Return the setting value to the transfer adj. > [Transfer Voltage Fine Adj] -> [2nd Transfer Adj.] and original one and go to the next the image trouble is eliminated.
Page 841 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action 2nd transfer section Dirt or foreign matter on the 2nd transfer roller. • Remove the foreign matter. • Replace the transfer roller unit. Paper path There is dirty or foreign matter on paper path.
Page 842 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item for the faulty color Result Action for the faulty color Developing section There is a positive contact between the developing bias Clean or correct the terminal. application terminals and the high voltage unit connection terminals (Y: B4;...
Page 843 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Image check • Select [Service Mode] -> [Test Mode] -> [Lattice Go to engine troubleshooting Pattern]. Select "SINGLE", "HYPER", "Error procedure. diffusion", "1-Sided", "CMYK", "600dpi", and Go to scanner troubleshooting "Normal", enter "10"...
Page 844 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Fusing unit There is dirty or foreign matter on paper path of fusing Clean. (Disassembling the fusing unit. unit is prohibited.) Fusing unit Scratches on roller, pad, and belt in fusing unit.
Page 845 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Scanner troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Black copy: Scanner Foreign matter on scanner rails. Clean and apply lubricant. *1 *2 section Faulty the drive shaft and pulley shaft.
Page 846 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action • Check the image after printing and the abnormal image occurs only with one color. 1-color troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item for the faulty color...
Page 847 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Exit tray front roller, Exit Faulty pressure operation of the exit tray front roller or Correct. roller exit roller. Fusing unit There is dirty or foreign matter on paper path of fusing Clean.
Page 848 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Brush effect Image bleeding Initial troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Paper Setting The paper to be used for printing does not match the Make the paper setting again on paper type and size of paper setting selected on the the machine.
Page 849 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action Paper Setting The paper to be used for printing does not match the Make the paper setting again on paper type and size of paper setting selected on the the machine.
Page 850 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Initial troubleshooting procedure Step Section Check item Result Action Original Original is damaged or dirty. Change the original. Original Type Select [Copy] -> [Original Type] and change the setting, Go to the next step.
Page 851 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action • When DF-632 is being used: Distortion on 2nd side When DF-714 is being CIS module not installed properly. Corrected to the correct position. used: Distortion on 2nd Replace the CIS module.
Page 852 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 17. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM Step Section Check item Result Action When DF-714 is being Replace the connection cable between the CIS module Replace the connection cable. used: 2nd side and the dual scan image processing board. This eliminates the trouble.
Page 853 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 18. IC PROTECTOR 18. IC PROTECTOR 18.1 Outline • To increase product safety, this MFP has an IC protector installed in each board. ICP is a component that protects IC. • If the amount of the current supplied to the electrical parts such as motor exceeds the set level, ICP trips to protect IC from over current.
Page 854 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 18. IC PROTECTOR ICP No. Symbol Target part name When over current protective function works Symptom in each load Trouble code and others "Cannot find the connection with authentication unit. Turn OFF/ON the main power switch after the connection is found."...
Page 855 C360i/C300i/C250i L TROUBLESHOOTING > 18. IC PROTECTOR 18.2.4 JS-506 (1) JS control board ICP No. Symbol Target part name When ICP trips Symptom in each load Trouble code and others ICP1 CPU power supply No operation (Due to no power supply to CPU,...
Page 856: Parts Layout Drawing
C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.1.1 Scanner section [10] [1] [2] Angle sensor (PS202) Original size sensor 1 (PS204) Original size sensor/2 (PS205) * CCD board (CCDB)
Page 857 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Waste toner full sensor (PS45) Toner empty sensor/K (PS31) Toner empty sensor/C (PS32) [10] Toner empty sensor/M (PS33) [11] Toner empty sensor/Y (PS34) [12] Waste toner box set sensor (PS46)
Page 858 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.1.3 Back side (1) Board [13] [12] [11] [10] Expansion control board (EXCB) Base board (BASEB) Backup board (ERB) High voltage unit (HV) EFI relay board (EFIRYB) * DSC board/1 (DSCB/1) *...
Page 859 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING (2) Switch/sensor/others 1st transfer pressure sensor (PS39) Atmospheric pressure sensor (ATMPRS) Developing solenoid (SD4)
Page 860 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING (3) Load [10] Toner cartridge motor/YM (M10) Toner supply motor/Y (M9) PC motor (M2) Developing motor (M21) Rear side cooling fan (FM3) 1st transfer pressure clutch (CL5) Toner supply motor/C (M7)
Page 861 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.1.4 Left side PH unit DC power supply (DCPU) 1.1.5 Right side [11] [10] IDC sensor/Rr (IDCS/Rr) Fusing loop sensor (PS2) IDC sensor/Fr (IDCS/Fr) Registration sensor (PS1)
Page 862 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y) TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M) TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C) TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K) Temperature/humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) [10] Registration clutch (CL4) [11] Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) 1.1.6 Manual bypass tray Bypass lift-up position sensor (PS26)
Page 863 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Tray 1 FD paper size board (FDPSB/1) Tray 1 CD paper size board (CDPSB/1) Tray 1 lift-up motor (M12) [10] Tray 1 paper near empty sensor (PS11) [11] Paper feed roller fast clutch (CL10) 1.1.8 Tray 2...
Page 864 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.1.10 Duplex section Paper exit/reverse motor (M4) ADU transport motor (M5) ADU paper passage sensor/1 (PS40) ADU paper passage sensor/2 (PS41) Transport motor (M1) ADU transport clutch (CL6) 1.2 DF-632/SP-501 Registration motor (M3)
Page 865 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] Document length size sensor/1 (PS6) Document length size sensor/2 (PS7) Document empty sensor (PS1) Document width size sensor (VR1) Mixed original sensor/3 (PS10)
Page 866 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Document reading motor (M1) Document feed motor (M2) CIS cleaning motor (M5) DF cooling fan motor (FM1) Stamp solenoid (SD2) * Document reading glass cleaning motor (M6) Registration motor (M3)
Page 867 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.4 PC-116/PC-216 [20] [19] [18] [17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [10] [11] Right bottom door sensor (PS111) Tray 3 upper limit sensor (PS116) Tray 3 vertical transport sensor (PS113)
Page 868 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.5 PC-416 [17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] Right bottom door sensor (PS131) Main tray upper limit sensor (PS136) Main tray upper paper empty sensor (PS137) Vertical transport sensor (PS133)
Page 869 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.6 LU-302 [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] LU door switch (MS1) LU paper near empty sensor/2 (PS6) LU paper empty sensor (PS4) Tray LED (LED) Dehumidification heater (DH) LU paper feed sensor (PS3)
Page 870 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.8 FS-533 [11] [10] Paper conveyance motor (M101) Stapler movement motor (M107) Alignment roller motor (M103) Paper exit motor (M102) Exit roller lift up motor (M104) Paper exit roller solenoid (SD103)
Page 871 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.9 PK-519 Punch motor (M201) Paper feed sensor (PS201) PK control board (PKCB) Punch dust full sensor (PS205) Puncher drive cam sensor (PS203) Puncher home sensor (PS204) Punch motor sensor (PS202) 1.10 RU-513...
Page 872 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.11 FS-536/FS-536SD [12] [11] [10] Main tray up/down motor (M11) FNS discharge motor (M3) FNS entry transport motor (M2) FNS paddle motor (M5) Receiving roller retraction motor (M4) Trailing edge stopper motor (M6)
Page 873 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING [21] Gripper motor sensor (PS17) [22] Main tray upper position sensor/Fr (PS27) [23] Main tray full detection sensor (PS29) [24] Pre-eject encoder sensor (PS15) [25] Staple stacker paper detection sensor (PS31)
Page 874 C360i/C300i/C250i M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING 1.13 PK-520 Punch dust full sensor/out (PS4) Punch dust full sensor/in (PS5) Punch motor sensor (PS3) Punch drive motor (M1) Punch position sensor (PS2) Punch home sensor (PS1) 1.14 CU-102 Exhaust fan/1 (FM14)
Page 875: Connector Layout Drawing
M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING 2.1 BOARD CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING 2.1.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (1) Base board (BASEB) CN5 (20pin) CN7E (8pin) CN4E (13pin) CN12E (8pin) CN14E (8pin) CN6 (20pin) CN13 (13pin) CN13E (12pin) CN36E (4pin)
Page 876 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING (4) Backup board (ERB) CN1 (5pin) (5) Expansion control board (EXCB) CN7EX CN8EX CN6EX (18pin) (6pin) (30pin) CN5EX (12pin) CN10EX CN4EX (19pin) (17pin) CN3EX CN11EX (12pin) (20pin) CN2EX (8pin) CN13EX CN14EX...
Page 877 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING CN4 (2pin) CN3 (2pin) CN2 (4pin) (8) High voltage unit (HV) CN2 (17pin) CN1 (20pin) (9) DC power supply (DCPU) CN10 (6pin) CN2 (3pin) CN8 (7pin) CN7 (6pin) CN11 (2pin) CN5 (8pin)
Page 878 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING (10) Scanner drive board (SCDB) CN3 (6pin) CN6 (3pin) CN5 (7pin) CN2 (10pin) CN4 (4pin) CN1 (8pin) 2.1.2 DF-632 DF control board (DFCB) (7pin) (4pin) (13pin) (9pin) (5pin) (4pin) (2pin) (4pin)
Page 879 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.3 DF-714 DF control board (DFCB) (7pin) (4pin) (13pin) (4pin) (9pin) (3pin) (5pin) (4pin) (2pin) (7pin) (4pin) (3pin) (9pin) (3pin) (2pin) (3pin) (4pin) (3pin) (4pin) CIS power supply (CISPU) J1 (2pin)
Page 880 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING Multi feed detection board/RX (MFDB/RX) J2 (2pin) 2.1.4 PC-116 PC control board (PCCB) CN2 (2pin) CN13C CN1 (13pin) (6pin) (2pin) CN6C (9pin) (16pin) (19pin) CN12 (8pin) CN11 (18pin) M-25...
Page 881 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.5 PC-216 PC control board (PCCB) CN2 (2pin) CN13C CN1 (13pin) (6pin) (2pin) CN6C (9pin) (16pin) CN8C (9pin) CN16C (19pin) (6pin) CN12 (8pin) CN11 CN7C CN18C CN9C (18pin) (6pin) (6pin)
Page 882 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.6 PC-416 PC control board (PCCB) CN2 (2pin) CN1 (13pin) (2pin) (16pin) (17pin) CN12 (8pin) CN11 CN10L CN14L CN15L (18pin) (7pin) (12pin) (10pin) 2.1.7 LU-302 LU drive board (LUDB) CN4 (8pin)
Page 883 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.8 JS-506 JS control board (JSCB) CN208 (5pin) CN101 CN201 CN200 (10pin) (6pin) (2pin) 2.1.9 FS-533 FS control board (FSCB) CN999 CN111 CN110 CN106 (7pin) (4pin) (12pin) (3pin) CN104 (3pin) CN112...
Page 884 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING Stapler relay board (STRYB) CN121 (17pin) CN122 CN123 (5pin) (8pin) 2.1.10 PK-519 PK control board (PKCB) CN202 (15pin) CN201 (3pin) CN203 (2pin) CN204 (18pin) M-29...
Page 885 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.11 FS-536/FS-536SD FS control board (FSCB) (16pin) (10pin) (17pin) (NC) (28pin) (2pin) (22pin) (32pin) (16pin) (13pin) (24pin) (2pin) (3pin) (6pin) (NC) (10pin) (4pin) 2.1.12 FS-536SD saddle section SD control board (SDCB)
Page 886 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.14 FK-515 (line 3/4) Fax board (FAXB) CN603 CN301 (12pin) CN601 CN101 (5pin) 2.1.15 CU-102 Clean unit drive board (CUDB) (3 pin) (3 pin) (6 pin) (3 pin) 2.1.16 SC-509 DSC board/1 (DSCB/1) CN1(30pin) 2.1.17 VI-516...
Page 887: Relay Connector Layout Drawing
M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING 2.1.18 UK-115 Memory board (MEMB) CN4(25pin) (75pin) (4pin) (7pin) CN3(19pin) 2.2 RELAY CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING 2.2.1 bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (1) Main body [40] [39] [38] [37] [36] [35] [34] [10] [11] [12] [33] [13]...
Page 888 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING CN No. Location CN No. Location [15] CN251 5 Pin 10-W [16] CN255 4 Pin 16-Q [17] CN250 5 Pin [18] CN253 19 Pin 15-Q [19] CN149 12 Pin...
Page 889 M PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i DRAWING CN No. Location CN No. Location [23] CN73 2 Pin [24] CN191 2 Pin 10-J [25] CN86 4 Pin [26] CN111 7 Pin [27] CN77 8 Pin [28] 6 Pin...
Page 890 C360i/C300i/C250i N TIMING CHART > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i N TIMING CHART 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.1 Time chart when printing...
Page 891: Operating Conditions
C360i/C300i/C250i N TIMING CHART > 2. LU-302 2. LU-302 Operating conditions Paper type Plain paper Paper size A4(LEF) or 8 x 11(LEF) Paper feeding mode Multi feed print Timing chart LU paper feed sensor (PS3) Transport roller LU transport motor (M3)_EN...
Page 892 C360i/C300i/C250i N TIMING CHART > 3. FS-536/FS-536SD 3. FS-536/FS-536SD 3.1 Shift mode Operating conditions Paper size A4 or 8 x 11 Sheet of original 2 originals Type of original 1-side Copies 2 sets Timing chart Horizontal transport unit RU transport sensor (PS60)
Page 893 Feb. 2019 • bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Wiring diagram (aa2jm0oc810da.pdf 3.44 MB) • bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Wiring diagram A3 size (1/4) (aa2jm0oc811da.pdf 1.56 MB) • bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Wiring diagram A3 size (2/4) (aa2jm0oc812da.pdf 1.67 MB) • bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Wiring diagram A3 size (3/4) (aa2jm0oc813da.pdf 1.46 MB) •...
Page 894: Overall Wiring Diagram
C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2. Option 2.1 DF-632 DF-632 Overall wiring diagram From the copier 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 TUBE 5 6 7 8 RXD : Reception data TXD : Transmission data DFCB...
Page 895 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.2 DF-714 DF-714 Overall wiring diagram CISPU CIS power supply CIS module J222 J221 From the copier TUBE 19 20 From the copier MFRB Multi feed 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3...
Page 896 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.3 PC-116 PC-116 Overall wiring diagram PS115 PS113 PS112 PS111 PS114 PS116 From the copier M113 M112 M111 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 3 2...
Page 897 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.4 PC-216 PC-216 Overall wiring diagram PS115 PS113 PS112 PS111 PS114 PS116 From the copier M113 M112 M111 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 3 2...
Page 898 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.5 PC-416 PC-416 Overall wiring diagram From the copier 5 6 7 9 10 11 16 17 18 5 6 7 8 13 12 3 2 1 DERYB MK-734 Dehumidifier relay board Power supply box...
Page 899 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.6 LU-302 LU-302 Overall wiring diagram From the copier 4 3 2 LUDB LU drive board 1 2 3 1 2 3 19 20 DESCRIPTION 20-L DESTINATION LOCATION CLOSED END CONNECTORS EXTRA LARGE...
Page 900 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.7 JS-506 JS-506 Overall wiring diagram From the copier TUBE DESCRIPTION 20-L DESTINATION LOCATION CN201 CN200 CN208 CLOSED END CONNECTORS EXTRA LARGE CLOSED END CONNECTORS LARGE CLOSED END CONNECTORS JSCB MEDIUM CN101 JS control board...
Page 901 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.8 FS-533 FS-533 Overall wiring diagram PK-519(Option) PS205 PS201 PS202 PS203 PS204 M201 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 PS101 PS107 PS105 PS110 SD103 SD102 M103 M102 M104 M109 CN203...
Page 902 C360i/C300i/C250i O WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option 2.9 FS-536/FS-536SD FS-536/FS-536SD Overall wiring diagram PS26 PS28 PS27 PS29 PS23 PS24 PS36 PS31 PS22 PS21 PS19 PS18 PS15 PS17 PS25 PS13 PS16 PS30 PS10 PS12 PS14 PS11 Stapler 1 2 3 1 2 3...
Page 903: Interface Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.1 INTERFACE SECTION 1.1.1 Configuration (1) Front side [10] Control panel Key cover Rear stop key Rear reset key Operation status indicator section IC card reading position (*1)
Page 904: Scanner Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i [15] Wireless LAN board (UK-221) [16] Voice guidance output terminal (*3) [17] USB port (Type A, optional) (*3) [18] USB port (Type A, standard) • *1: When only one optional FK-514 unit is mounted •...
Page 905 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.2.2 Drive Scanner motor (M201) Scanner drive cable/Rr Scanner drive cable/Fr LED exposure unit (LU201) Mirror unit 1.2.3 LED exposure unit • LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) are used for the light source of the scanner section for power saving.
Page 906 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Original size detection position Shading position Home position LED exposure unit (LU201) Shading correction The LED turns ON 1.2.5 Control when the Start key is pressed (1) Original cover mode 1. Turning the Start key ON will turn the LED ON.
Page 907 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Shading position Home position Original reading position Shading correction Read original The LED turns ON (3) Original scanning control • The light reflected off the exposed original reaches the CCD sensor via the lens.
Page 908 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.2.7 Original size detection control (1) Detection method • For the length direction, the fixed reflective original size sensor is used. • CCD reads the original width direction, so that the width size can be detected.
Page 909: Detection Timing
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Criterion (for countries using inch) Table1 Original size sensor Main scanning width (mm) 1 (PS204) 2 (PS205) 0 to 130.0 sheets Up to 144.7 Up to 220.9 221.0 or over No original ×8...
Page 910: Laser Exposure Process
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Laser drive board (LDDB) [10] Return mirror (light source) [11] Index board (INDEXB) [12] Index lens [13] Return mirror (Index) [14] Index mirror 1.3.2 Overview • The surface of the photoconductor is irradiated with a laser light and an electrostatic latent image is thereby formed.
Page 911: Laser Emission Timing
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i [10] [10] [11] [10] Laser diode/K (LD/K) Laser diode/C (LD/C) Laser diode/M (LD/M) Laser diode/Y (LD/Y) Return mirror (light source) G1 lens Polygon motor (M14) Return mirror 1 G2 lens...
Page 912 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Cylindrical lens Return mirror (Index) Index board (INDEXB) Index lens G1 lens [10] Polygon motor (M14) 1.3.5 Laser emission stop Emission of the laser beam is stopped if any of the following conditions is encountered during printing: •...
Page 913 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • From data readings, the machine calculates how much the position of each of the different colors should be corrected. Based on the calculated data, the machine controls each dot during image output, thereby correcting the color shift amount.
Page 914 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Before correction Color shift Magenta (M) Black (K) After correction No color shift Correction of color shift due to overall scaling error in the main scan direction • If the image of each color (Y, M, C) and the image of black (K) vary in length in the main scan direction, changing the clock frequency of the laser diode can correct the length difference in the main scan direction.
Page 915 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i * When the image of magenta is tilted against the image of black (K) Rotational direction of the transfer belt Transfer belt Before correction Black (K) Color shift Magenta (M)
Page 916 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Skew adjustment direction: Direction in which the beam moves when the skew correction motor/Y, M, C rotates clockwise (3) Skew correction motor adjustment value panel display Select [Service Mode] -> [Machine] -> [Print Head Skew Shows the skew correction value after the image Adj.] and call [Adjust Value] (default adjustment value...
Page 917: Photoconductor Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Cleaning port PH window cleaning tool PH window cleaning procedures • Slowly pull to the front the PH window cleaning tool and push it back into the original position. This allows the cleaning material mounted on the PH window cleaning tool to remove any foreign matter from the surface of the PH window.
Page 918 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i [10] Color PC drive gear/Y Color PC drive gear/M PC motor (M2) Color PC drive gear/C Transport motor (M1) PC drive gear/K Drum unit/K Drum unit/C Drum unit/M [10] Drum unit/Y 1.4.2 Drive...
Page 919 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Photoconductor/K Photoconductor drive gear/K Transport motor (M1) Coupling Photoconductor drive gear/K Transfer belt drive gear Registration roller drive gear Developing unit drive gear (2) Photoconductor/Y, M, C drive mechanism • The photoconductors/Y, M, C are driven by the PC motor.
Page 920 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Triangular-prism-shaped coupling part PC motor (M2) Color photoconductor drive gear/C Color photoconductor drive gear/M Color photoconductor drive gear/Y 1.4.3 Erase LED control • The potential left on the photoconductor is neutralized by turning ON the erase LED.
Page 921: Cleaning Blade
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Transfer belt Waste toner Toner collecting screw Cleaning blade Photoconductor Cleaning blade • The cleaning blade is pressed up against the surface of the photoconductor at all times. No cleaning blade retraction mechanism is provided.
Page 922: Detection Timing
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Charging roller Electrostatic charger application terminal 1.4.6 Charging roller cleaning • If the charging roller becomes contaminated, the surface of the photoconductor can no longer be charged uniformly, so that uneven charge occurs.
Page 923: Developing Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.5 DEVELOPING SECTION 1.5.1 Configuration Doctor blade Photoconductor TCR sensor Toner supply screw Toner collecting screw Developing roller Doctor blade Developing roller Toner collecting screw TCR sensor Toner supply screw 1.5.2 Drive (1) Developing section/K drive mechanism •...
Page 924: Developer Flow
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (2) Developing section/Y, M, C drive mechanism • Drive force from the developing motor is transmitted to the color dev. unit engaged gear so that the developing section/Y, M, C is driven.
Page 925: Developing Bias
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 8. The part of the circulating developer is collected in the waste toner box through the toner collecting port located at the front side of the toner collecting screw. The toner collecting port is provided with a shutter mechanism. Mounting the waste toner box pushes the shutter at the toner collecting port, opening the toner collecting port.
Page 926: Toner Density Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Developing bias voltage application terminal/Y Developing bias voltage application terminal/M Developing bias voltage application terminal/C Developing bias voltage application terminal/K Developing roller/K Developing roller/C Developing roller/M Developing roller/Y Grad/Dev AC Bias V Selection •...
Page 927 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • Only when a new developing unit is installed in the machine, an automatic adjustment (calibration) is made of each of these TCR sensors. The automatic adjustment of TCR sensors cannot be done at your own discretion.
Page 928: Toner Supply Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (1) New article detection • The TCR sensor detects whether the developing unit is new or not. Detection timing • The new article detection control is performed if it is determined through the “unit mounting detection” control that the developing unit is correctly mounted in place.
Page 929 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i [10] Toner cartridge drive gear/Y Toner cartridge motor/YM (M10) Toner cartridge drive gear/M Toner cartridge motor/CK (M25) Toner cartridge drive gear/K Toner cartridge drive gear/C Toner cartridge/K Toner cartridge/C Toner cartridge/M...
Page 930: Toner Replenishing Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Toner cartridge Toner hopper Toner replenishing pipe 1.6.4 Toner replenishing from toner bottle to toner hopper (1) Toner replenishing mechanism • The toner replenishing from the toner cartridge to the toner hopper is determined by unblocking and blocking the toner empty sensor.
Page 931 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Toner empty sensor: OFF Toner Toner empty sensor: ON 1.6.5 Toner replenishing from toner hopper to developing unit (1) Toner replenishing mechanism • Four toner supply motors drive the toner conveying screws and the toner agitating blades provided in the toner hoppers of four different colors of toner.
Page 932 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Detection plate Toner agitating blade Toner conveying screw Cam (operatively connected to toner agitating blade shaft) Actuator Toner empty sensor (3) Toner replenishing control • Control of replenishing the developing unit with toner from the toner hopper is performed only when the developing unit is driven.
Page 933 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Toner replenishing Agitate developing unit Agitating operation *2 Detect T/C (measure) Toner replenishing Replenishing control [*1] Agitating operation *2 Detect T/C (measure) Toner replenishing Agitating operation *2 End replenishing sequence Agitating operation *3 •...
Page 934: Toner Empty Detection
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i The toner cartridge removed Detaching the toner cartridge The toner cartridge installed Toner cartridge toner replenishing port Inner shutter Shutter on main body side Outer shutter (2) Toner hopper • The toner replenishing port of the toner hopper of each color of toner is provided with a toner spillage prevention shutter that prevents toner from spilling during removal or reinstallation of the developing unit.
Page 935 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Detection plate Toner agitating blade Toner conveying screw Cam (operatively connected to toner agitating blade shaft) Actuator Toner empty sensor Toner empty detection timing • The toner replenishing control is started when the drive of the toner supply motor is started.
Page 936: 1St Transfer Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.7 1ST TRANSFER SECTION 1.7.1 Configuration Cleaning blade Transfer belt 1st transfer roller pressure mechanism 1st transfer roller pressure cam Separation claw 1st transfer roller/K 1st transfer roller/C 1st transfer roller/M 1st transfer roller/Y 1.7.2 Drive...
Page 937 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Waste toner conveying screw Transfer belt Transport motor (M1) Transfer belt drive roller Transfer belt driven roller 1.7.4 1st transfer roller pressure mechanism • Pressure mechanism is equipped for pressing the 1st transfer rollers/Y, M, C to inside the transfer belt at the 1st transfer.
Page 938 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (2) Black mode • In the black mode, the 1st transfer roller/Y, M, C is where the PC drum/Y, M, C leaves the transfer belt, while the 1st transfer roller/K is where the PC drum/K is pressed against the transfer belt.
Page 939: Transfer Belt Cleaning
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Printing after switched to black mode → → Color mode Black mode Black mode (e) Black original specified values • Number of multiple black originals during plain paper printing Paper length...
Page 940 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Drive transmission gear Transfer belt Transfer belt driven roller Caking-of-toner prevention blade Cleaning blade Toner collecting screw Toner collecting screw Transfer belt Transfer belt driven roller Transfer belt rotative direction (forward rotation) Cleaning blade (1) Cleaning blade...
Page 941 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Drive connecting gear Transfer belt Transfer belt driven roller Toner collecting screw Toner collecting screw Drive connecting gear Transfer belt driven roller Transfer belt 1.7.8 Waste toner spillage prevention shutter • The toner collecting port is provided with a waste toner spillage prevention shutter that prevents waste toner from spilling during removal or reinstallation of the waste toner transport unit.
Page 942: 2Nd Transfer Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Shutter Waste toner flow 1.7.9 Cleaning blade foreign matter removal control • The transfer belt is rotated backward to a small extent and then rotated forward to remove foreign matter (dust, toner, etc.) wedged between the transfer belt and the edge of the cleaning blade.
Page 943 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2nd transfer roller Fusing loop sensor (PS2) IDC sensor/Fr (IDCS/Fr) Temperature/humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) IDC sensor/Rr (IDCS/Rr) Separation claw Charge neutralizing needle 2nd transfer roller 2nd transfer roller lock release lever Transfer belt 1.8.2 Drive...
Page 944: Execution Timing
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 2nd transfer roller 2nd transfer voltage conductive plate 2nd transfer voltage application terminal Execution timing • The 2nd transfer control is executed when a print job is received under any of the following conditions: “Main power switch is turned ON”...
Page 945: Toner Collecting Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • The paper winding prevention guide prevents paper from being wound around the transfer belt again after its being separated from the transfer belt by the separation claw. Charge neutralizing needle...
Page 946: Waste Toner Box
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Waste toner box Waste toner transport unit Waste toner box 1.9.2 Waste toner box drive mechanism • The waste toner box is driven by the dedicated waste toner transport motor. • The driving force of the waste toner transport motor is transmitted to the waste toner conveying screw 1 and 2 of the waste transport unit as well as to the toner collecting screw of the waste toner box.
Page 947: Waste Toner Box-In-Position Detection
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Waste toner conveying screw 1 Toner collecting screw Waste toner conveying screw 2 Toner collecting port (transfer belt unit) Toner collecting port (developing unit) Toner collecting port (drum unit) Waste toner transport unit...
Page 948 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Waste toner transport motor (M20) Waste toner box Rotation detection cam 1.9.5 Waste toner box full detection • The waste toner full sensor provided on the waste toner box install section is used to determine the amount of waste toner that is accumulated in the waste toner box.
Page 949: Paper Feed Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • Inserting the waste toner box into its mounting position pushes the shutter at toner collecting port of the waste toner box, thus opening the toner collecting port. • Removing the waste toner box allows the shutter spring to close the shutter at the toner collecting port.
Page 950 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (2) Tray 2 [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL1) Feed roller Tray 2 paper feed sensor (PS20) Tray 2 paper empty sensor (PS21) Separation roller Pick-up roller...
Page 951: Up/Down Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i [12] [11] [10] Transport motor (M1) Paper feed roller fast clutch (CL10) Tray 2 vertical transport clutch (CL2) Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL1) Tray 2 vertical transport roller Tray 2 feed roller...
Page 952: Pick-Up Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Tray 1 upper limit sensor (PS25) Light blocking plate of upper limit sensor Tray 2 upper limit sensor (PS22) Pick-up roller Paper lift-up plate A Paper lift-up plate B Paper...
Page 953 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Feed roller Separation roller Paper Pick-up roller 1.10.5 Paper feed retry control • If the specified sensor is unable to detect the paper even after the lapse of a predetermined period of time after the start of the paper feed sequence, the machine determines that there is a paper misfeed.
Page 954 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • Time it takes the vertical transport sensor to be activated after the start of a paper feed sequence is measured. If the distance between two sheets of paper is determined to be narrow, the vertical transport roller is decelerated for a predetermined period of time, so that a proper paper-to-paper distance can be achieved.
Page 955 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Paper width guide Paper width detection plate Paper length detection plate Paper length guide Paper length sensor 4 Paper length sensor 3 Paper length sensor 2 Paper length sensor 1...
Page 956: Remaining Paper Detection Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Small-sized paper Tray 1 Paper width guide Paper length guide Attachment for small-sized paper 1.10.12 Remaining paper detection control • The remaining paper detection control is performed under any of the following conditions: •...
Page 957 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Tray 1 paper empty sensor (PS24) Actuator Tray 2 paper empty sensor (PS21) (3) Remaining paper level display • The amount of remaining paper is indicated by the LED on the right side of each tray and by the screen of the control panel.
Page 958 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Lever of the paper feed tray Lock lever 1.10.14 Roller retract mechanism (1) Pick-up roller retract mechanism • A mechanism to retract the pick-up roller is provided, in order to avoid damaging stacked paper when the paper feed tray is inserted.
Page 959 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Separation roller Separation roller holder Paper Tray 1.10.15 Paper feed tray stopper release mechanism • The paper feed tray is equipped with a stopper mechanism. • When paper is placed, the stopper prevents the paper feed tray from falling off from the machine even if it is pulled out.
Page 960 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.11 PAPER FEED SECTION (MANUAL BYPASS TRAY) 1.11.1 Configuration [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] Bypass tray paper feed clutch (CL7) Bypass tray lift-up position sensor (PS26) Bypass tray lift-up solenoid (SD1)
Page 961 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • As the paper lift-up cam rotates, the paper lift-up plate which has so far been pushed down by the paper lift-up cam is raised to the paper feed position by the spring.
Page 962: Paper Size Detection Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.11.4 Paper feed control (1) Pick-up control • Paper feed operations of the manual bypass tray are driven by the transport motor. • The bypass tray lift-up solenoid is energized by a print start signal and the paper is raised to the paper feed position.
Page 963 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Paper guide (rear side) Bypass tray CD paper size VR (VR1) Bypass tray FD paper size sensor/1 (PS28) Sub tray Bypass tray FD paper size sensor/2 (PS29) Actuator 2 Actuator 1...
Page 964: Registration Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Bypass tray paper empty sensor (PS27) Actuator Manual bypass tray feed roller 1.11.7 Bypass tray pick-up roller retract mechanism • When the paper is set to the paper feed tray, there is a mechanism which retracts the pick-up roller and the separation roller to prevent the paper damage.
Page 965: Registration Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.12.2 Registration control • The transport motor and registration clutch controls rotation of the registration roller. • The paper will create a loop between the tray 1 paper feed roller (or tray 2 vertical transport roller or bypass paper feed roller) and the registration roller when the paper is being conveyed in order to correct the skew.
Page 966 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.13.2 Drive (1) Fusing section roller drive Fusing motor (M3) Pressure roller Fusing pad Fusing belt Heating roller (2) Pressure roller pressure drive Pressure roller Fusing pressure home sensor (PS38) Fusing lever Pressure cam...
Page 967: Operation Timing
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Pressure roller Actuator Fusing loop sensor (PS2) 2nd transfer roller Fusing loop Heating roller Fusing pad Operation timing • It starts controlling when the front-edge of the paper reaches to the predetermined position before the fusing roller.
Page 968: Paper Separation Mechanism
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (1) Operation timing State Pressure roller position Warm-up At the start of a warm-up cycle Pressure Pre-standby At the start of the pre-standby Pressure Standby At the start of the standby...
Page 969 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Pressure roller Fusing belt Fusing pad Heating roller Fusing heater lamp assy Heating roller thermistor/Edg (TH1) Heating roller thermistor/Ctr (TH2) Heating roller temperature sensor (TEMS) Heating roller thermostat/Ctr (TS1) [10] Heating roller thermostat/Edg (TS2) (1) Fusing heater lamp...
Page 970 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (3) Fusing temperature control during warm-up • To prevent image fixability from being degraded due to environmental changes when the main power switch is turned ON, three different warm-up modes are incorporated for fusing temperature control.
Page 971: Setting Procedure
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • Power consumption (kWh) at the office assuming operation of a product for one week (5 working days + 2 holidays) is calculated from the print speed and power consumption of the product.
Page 972 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (1) Smart fusing control execution conditions Function Execution conditions Temp-Inside 10 °C and above Print mode Only for PC printing, BOX printing, and direct printing (USB) (*1) Basic Settings Print zoom...
Page 973 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i PPM mode Control execution Purpose Specific controls Print productivity (*1) conditions distance is widened to thereby limit a decrease in the fusing temperature. High humidity environment Environmental humidity at To suppress occurrence of...
Page 974 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.14 PAPER EXIT/REVERSE SECTION 1.14.1 Configuration Paper exit/reverse motor (M4) Reverse roller Exit path switch solenoid (SD3) Paper exit roller Fusing motor (M3) 1.14.2 Drive Paper exit/reverse motor (M4) Paper exit/reverse switch gate...
Page 975 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Actuator Paper exit sensor (PS3) 2nd transfer roller Fusing unit Transported to paper exit tray or finisher Paper exit roller Paper exit/reverse switch gate: solenoid OFF position (2) Paper exit by reverse roller •...
Page 976: Duplex Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • The reverse roller is stopped from forward rotation at timing at which the paper reaches the reverse stop position after the paper exit sensor has detected the trailing edge of the paper.
Page 977: Paper Transport Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.15.2 Drive ADU transport motor (M5) ADU paper passage sensor/1 (PS40) ADU transport roller2 Jam removal dial ADU transport roller1 ADU paper passage sensor/2 (PS41) ADU transport roller3 ADU transport roller4...
Page 978 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] Stop position 1 ADU transport roller1 ADU paper passage sensor/1 (PS40) ADU transport roller2 Stop position 2 ADU transport roller3 ADU paper passage sensor/2 (PS41)
Page 979: Image Stabilization Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Length of paper in the feed direction Duplex circulation control 458 mm or less One-sheet circulation operation 432 mm or less Two-sheet circulation operation 216 mm or less Three-sheet circulation operation (1) One-sheet circulation operation...
Page 980 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Toner supply motor Color skew correction drum drum drum drum PH temperature sensor G2/Y G2/M G2/C TCR sensor Developing bias Vdc Charge voltage Vc Toner supply control Image density Gradation control...
Page 981 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i • An optimum gamma correction value is determined for each color by calculating gamma correction data from the detected data of each of the colors of C, M, Y, and K.
Page 982 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Mode Operation condition Stabilization mode setting • The count of the number of printed pages is 10,000 as counted from the last LD adjustment. • After skew adjustment reset (service mode).
Page 983 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Operation condition Stabilization Operation (mode) timing during Stabilization Print count Print count Stabilization Change of a The number Print count print execution after Dmax after gamma execution predetermine of pages yet...
Page 984 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Operation condition Stabilization Operation (mode) timing during Stabilization Print count Print count Stabilization Change of a The number Print count print execution after Dmax after gamma execution predetermine of pages yet...
Page 985: Image Processing
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Menu of expert mode Type (mode) of image stabilization to be executed Image Stabilization ([Utility] -> [Expert Initialize+Image Stabilization Mode 1 Adjustment] -> [Image Stabilization]) Stabilization Only Mode 2 1.17 IMAGE PROCESSING 1.17.1 Scanner section image processing block diagram...
Page 986 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.17.2 Write section image processing block diagram (1) Processing flow From scanner section BASE board 1. Shading correction (only image data from scanner section) 16. Frame memory 2. RGB gap correction/ 17. Output buﬀer memory color aberration correction 18.
Page 987: Power Supply Section
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 10. Each image data of R, G, and B is compressed to reduce the consumption of data capacity. 11. Temporarily stores the BTC-compressed image data. 12. The stored image data is compressed in the JBIG (Joint bi-level image experts group) format.
Page 988 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (1) Power supply WARNING When the power cord is unplugged after turning OFF the main power switch, partial power switches will remain powered for monitoring the operation of the main power switch.
Page 989: Power Key Functions
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.18.2 Power key Power key (1) Power key functions • The power key offers two functions, serving as the power save button and the sub-power switch found in conventional models, depending on how long it is held down.
Page 990: Fan Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Mode State Power key LED Sleep mode • Power is supplied only to a portion of the base board required for (*2) receiving a job. (High) • Reset when a job is received or the machine is operated.
Page 991 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.19.2 Control Motor name Control Control conditions (outline) PH/power supply cooling fan (FM1) Stop • At paper-jam, in trouble, or when the door is open • When updating the firmware • In standby (*1) •...
Page 992 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Toner cartridge/K Transfer belt unit Drum unit Developing unit Transfer belt cleaner cooling fan (FM2) 1.19.5 Rear side cooling fan • The machine draws outside air from the bottom rear side. The air is blown inside the machine to cool the base board, high voltage unit and drive unit to prevent the surrounding temperature from rising.
Page 993 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Fusing unit Toner cartridge/K Toner cartridge/C Air from transfer belt cleaner cooling fan Toner cartridge/Y Toner cartridge/M Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) 1.19.7 Paper cooling fan • The paper cooling fan cools the paper after fusing and the paper exit/reverse section.
Page 994 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i ▪ The UFP and deodorant filters can be used together. When these filters are used together, the deodorant filter is mounted to the rear of the UFP filter. Ventilation cover...
Page 995: Counter Control
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i 1.20 COUNTER CONTROL 1.20.1 Configuration Base board (mechanical control area) (BASEB) Base board (controller area) (BASEB) Electronic counter Total counter Key counter (option) 1.20.2 Operation Name Function/system Total counter • Number of total for copying/printing all jobs will be displayed.
Page 996 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Rear view Dehumidifier heater (DH111): HT-509 Paper feed cabinet (Example: PC-216) Dehumidifier heater switch Power Supply BOX MK-734 (2) Control • The heater provides heat when it is energized to prevent paper in the paper feed cabinet and paper feed trays from absorbing damp. It prevents paper curling, paper misfeeds, paper jams, and abnormal images that occur when paper absorbs the damp.
Page 997: Indicator Function
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Power Supply BOX MK-734 Dehumidifier heater (DH): Standard equipment Paper feed cabinet (Example: PC-216) Transformer kit TK-101 (2) Control • The heater provides heat when it is energized to prevent paper in the large capacity unit tray from absorbing damp. It prevents paper curling, paper misfeeds, paper jams, and abnormal images that occur when paper absorbs the damp.
Page 998 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i Control panel Power key Power key LED Warning status indicator section (2) Front side section Operation status indicator section (front side) Remaining paper level display section Operation status indicator section (exit tray side) 1.22.2 Control...
Page 999 C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 1. bizhub C360i/C300i/C250i (5) Remaining paper level display section Condition LED indicator Paper empty Lit up orange Paper near-empty Blinking in orange or unlit * Other statuses (Including lifting-up, and Unlit an opened tray) •...
Page 1000: Section Configuration
C360i/C300i/C250i P THEORY OF OPERATION > 2. DF-632 2. DF-632 2.1 CONFIGURATION 2.1.1 Section configuration Document feed section Document registration section Document reading section Document switchback section Document exit section 2.1.2 Main part configuration (1) Main electrical part Reading roll release motor (M5) Registration motor (M3)

This manual is also suitable for:

Bizhub c300i Bizhub c250i